1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C
) 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation
, Inc.
4 This program is free software
; you can redistribute it and
/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation
; either version
3, or (at your option
) any
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful
,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY
; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program
; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http
://www.gnu.org
/licenses
/>.
18 In other words
, you are welcome to use
, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use
, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software
-hoarding
! */
22 /* See target
-hooks
-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file
, and how to use them here.
*/
24 #include
"target-hooks-macros.h"
27 #define HOOK_TYPE
"Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER
, gcc_target
)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target.
*/
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT
, asm_out
)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping.
*/
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren
, const char
*, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object.
*/
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char
*, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op
, "*", struct asm_int_op
, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP
)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op
, "*", struct asm_int_op
, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP
)
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X.
SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP
, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL.
*/
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP
, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
93 bool
, (rtx x
, unsigned int size
, int aligned_p
),
94 default_assemble_integer
)
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label.
*/
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void
, (FILE
*, tree
),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree
)
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label.
*/
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void
, (FILE
*stream
, const char
*name
),
127 default_globalize_label
)
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration.
*/
131 (globalize_decl_name
,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void
, (FILE
*stream
, tree decl
), default_globalize_decl_name
)
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable.
*/
141 (assemble_undefined_decl
,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void
, (FILE
*stream
, const char
*name
, const_tree decl
),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree
)
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info
, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with
, third is a boolean
: true if
152 this is for exception handling
, fourth is a boolean
: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE.
*/
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void
, (FILE
*stream
, tree decl
, int for_eh
, int empty
),
166 default_emit_unwind_label
)
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table.
*/
170 (emit_except_table_label
,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void
, (FILE
*stream
),
177 default_emit_except_table_label
)
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function.
*/
181 (emit_except_personality
,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\n\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\n\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void
, (rtx personality
),
188 /* If necessary
, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives.
*/
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect
,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\n\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\n\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx
, (rtx origsymbol
, bool pubvis
),
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction.
*/
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void
, (FILE
*stream
, rtx_insn
*insn
),
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn
,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\n\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\n\
211 be called afterward.",
214 /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
215 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode.
*/
217 (should_restore_cfa_state
,
218 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\n\
219 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\n\
220 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\n\
221 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\n\
222 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\n\
223 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\n\
224 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
226 hook_bool_void_false
)
228 /* Generate an internal label.
229 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL.
*/
231 (generate_internal_label
,
233 void
, (char
*buf
, const char
*prefix
, unsigned long labelno
),
234 default_generate_internal_label
)
236 /* Output an internal label.
*/
239 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
240 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
242 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
243 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
244 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
246 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
247 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
248 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
249 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
250 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
252 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
253 void
, (FILE
*stream
, const char
*prefix
, unsigned long labelno
),
254 default_internal_label
)
256 /* Output label for the constant.
*/
258 (declare_constant_name
,
259 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
260 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
261 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
262 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
263 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
264 will be an internal label.\n\
266 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
267 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
269 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
270 void
, (FILE
*file
, const char
*name
, const_tree expr
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
),
271 default_asm_declare_constant_name
)
273 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object.
*/
276 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
277 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
278 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
279 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
283 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
284 associated with the tree decl.
*/
286 (assemble_visibility
,
287 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
288 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
289 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
290 void
, (tree decl
, int visibility
),
291 default_assemble_visibility
)
294 (print_patchable_function_entry
,
295 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
296 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
297 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
298 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
299 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
300 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
301 void
, (FILE
*file
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size
, bool record_p
),
302 default_print_patchable_function_entry
)
304 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function.
*/
307 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
308 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
309 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
310 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
311 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
312 code should be output.\n\
314 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
315 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
317 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
318 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
319 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
320 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
321 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
322 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
323 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
325 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
326 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
327 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
328 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
329 registers are used in the function.\n\
331 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
332 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
333 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
334 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
335 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
336 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
337 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
339 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
340 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
341 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
342 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
343 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
344 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
345 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
346 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
347 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
348 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
350 default_function_pro_epilogue
)
352 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue.
*/
354 (function_end_prologue
,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
356 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
357 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
362 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue.
*/
364 (function_begin_epilogue
,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
366 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
367 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
368 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
372 /* Output the assembler code for function exit.
*/
375 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
376 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
377 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
378 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
379 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
380 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
381 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
383 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
384 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
385 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
386 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
388 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
390 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
391 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
392 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
393 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
395 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
396 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
397 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
398 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
399 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
400 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
402 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
403 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
404 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
405 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
407 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
408 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
409 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
410 number of arguments.\n\
413 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
414 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
415 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
416 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
417 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
418 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
420 default_function_pro_epilogue
)
422 /* Initialize target
-specific sections.
*/
425 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
426 @file{varasm.cc} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
427 of its own that you need to create.\n\
429 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
430 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
435 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
436 If DECL is non
-NULL
, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
437 which this section is associated.
*/
440 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
441 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
442 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
443 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
444 this section is associated.",
445 void
, (const char
*name
, unsigned int flags
, tree decl
),
446 default_no_named_section
)
448 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
449 declaration
, using their numerical value.
*/
452 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
453 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
454 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
455 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
456 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
457 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
458 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
459 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
461 bool
, (unsigned int flags
, unsigned int
*num
),
462 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false
)
464 /* Return preferred
text (sub
)section for function DECL.
465 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold
, normal and hot
466 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
467 at
startup (from static constructors or it is
main()).
468 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
469 (from static destructors
).
470 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.
*/
473 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
474 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
475 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
476 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
477 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
478 (from static destructors).\n\
479 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
480 section
*, (tree decl
, enum node_frequency freq
, bool startup
, bool exit
),
481 default_function_section
)
483 /* Output the assembler code for function exit.
*/
485 (function_switched_text_sections
,
486 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\n\
487 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\n\
488 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\n\
489 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\n\
490 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
491 void
, (FILE
*file
, tree decl
, bool new_is_cold
),
492 default_function_switched_text_sections
)
494 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
495 selecting sections. Bit
1 should be set if global relocations
496 should be placed in a read
-write section
; bit
0 should be set if
497 local relocations should be placed in a read
-write section.
*/
500 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
501 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
502 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
503 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
505 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
506 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
507 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
508 in read-only sections even in executables.",
510 default_reloc_rw_mask
)
512 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
513 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of
-fPIC
/-fPIE.
*/
515 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec
,
516 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
517 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
519 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
520 equals true and false otherwise",
522 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec
)
524 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
525 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied
; bit
1 will be
526 set if the runtime relocations require non
-local name resolution.
527 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data.
*/
530 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
531 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
532 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
533 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
534 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
535 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
537 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
538 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
540 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
541 section
*, (tree exp
, int reloc
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align
),
542 default_select_section
)
544 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X
's mode and ALIGN is its
545 alignment in bits. */
548 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
549 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
550 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
551 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
554 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
555 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
556 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
557 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
558 default_select_rtx_section)
560 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
561 for SELECT_SECTION. */
564 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
565 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
566 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
567 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
569 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
570 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
571 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
572 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
573 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
574 default_unique_section)
576 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
577 associated with function DECL. */
579 (function_rodata_section,
580 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
581 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
583 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
584 the function's section is @code
{.gnu.linkonce.t.name
}, @code
{.rodata.name
}\n\
585 or @code
{.data.rel.ro.name
} if function is in @code
{.text.name
}, and
\n\
586 the normal readonly
-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.
",
587 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
588 default_function_rodata_section)
590 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata
" prefix
591 for mergeable data sections. */
593 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
594 "Usually
, the compiler uses the prefix @code
{\".rodata
\"} to construct
\n\
595 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override
\n\
596 the string if a different section name should be used.
",
597 const char *, ".rodata
")
599 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
601 (tm_clone_table_section,
602 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone
\n\
604 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
606 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
609 "If defined
, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call
\n\
610 the function referenced by @var
{symbol
} at initialization time.
\n\
612 Assume that @var
{symbol
} is a @code
{SYMBOL_REF
} for a function taking
\n\
613 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization
\n\
614 priorities
, @var
{priority
} is a value between
0 and @code
{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY
};\n\
615 otherwise it must be @code
{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY
}.
\n\
617 If this macro is not defined by the target
, a suitable default will
\n\
618 be chosen
if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names
, (2) the
\n\
619 target defines @code
{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
}, or (3) @code
{USE_COLLECT2
}\n\
621 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
623 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
626 "This is like @code
{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
} but used for termination
\n\
627 functions rather than initialization functions.
",
628 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
630 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
631 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
632 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
633 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
634 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
637 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk
\n\
638 function
, used to implement C
++ virtual function calls with multiple
\n\
639 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function
,\n\
640 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to
\n\
641 the real function.
\n\
643 First
, emit code to add the integer @var
{delta
} to the location that
\n\
644 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument
\n\
645 contains a pointer
, and is the one used to pass the @code
{this
} pointer
\n\
646 in C
++. This is the incoming argument @emph
{before
} the function prologue
,\n\
647 e.g.@
: @samp
{%o0
} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of
\n\
648 all other incoming arguments.
\n\
650 Then
, if @var
{vcall_offset
} is nonzero
, an additional adjustment should be
\n\
651 made after adding @code
{delta
}. In particular
, if @var
{p
} is the
\n\
652 adjusted pointer
, the following adjustment should be made
:\n\
655 p
+= (*((ptrdiff_t **)p
))[vcall_offset
/sizeof(ptrdiff_t
)]\n\
658 After the additions
, emit code to jump to @var
{function
}, which is a
\n\
659 @code
{FUNCTION_DECL
}. This is a direct pure jump
, not a call
, and does
\n\
660 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var
{FUNCTION
} will
\n\
661 return to whoever called the current @samp
{thunk
}.
\n\
663 The effect must be as if @var
{function
} had been called directly with
\n\
664 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all
\n\
665 of the code for a thunk function
; @code
{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
}\n\
666 and @code
{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
} are not invoked.
\n\
668 The @var
{thunk_fndecl
} is redundant.
(@var
{delta
} and @var
{function
}\n\
669 have already been extracted from it.
) It might possibly be useful on
\n\
670 some targets
, but probably not.
\n\
672 If you do not define this macro
, the target
-independent code in the C
++\n\
673 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls
\n\
674 @var
{function
} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does
\n\
675 not support varargs.
",
676 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
677 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
680 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
681 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
682 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
683 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
684 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
685 text to the output file. */
687 (can_output_mi_thunk,
688 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able
\n\
689 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the
\n\
690 arguments it is passed
, and false otherwise. In the latter case
, the
\n\
691 generic approach will be used by the C
++ front end
, with the limitations
\n\
692 previously exposed.
",
693 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
694 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
695 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
697 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
701 "Output to @code
{asm_out_file
} any text which the assembler expects to
\n\
702 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled
\n\
703 by two flags
, documented below. Unless your target
's assembler is\n\
704 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
705 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
706 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
710 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
713 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
714 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
718 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
719 LTO output stream. */
722 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
723 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
728 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
729 LTO output stream. */
732 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
733 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
738 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
739 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
742 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
743 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
744 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
745 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output
\n\
750 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
754 "This target hook is a function to output to @var
{asm_out_file
} an assembler
\n\
755 pseudo
-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the
\n\
756 library function is given by @var
{symref
}, which is a @code
{symbol_ref
}.
",
758 default_external_libcall)
760 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
761 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
763 (mark_decl_preserved,
764 "This target hook is a function to output to @var
{asm_out_file
} an assembler
\n\
765 directive to annotate @var
{symbol
} as used. The Darwin target uses the
\n\
766 .no_dead_code_strip directive.
",
767 void, (const char *symbol),
768 hook_void_constcharptr)
770 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
772 (record_gcc_switches,
773 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line
\n\
774 switches provided as argument.
\n\
776 By default this hook is set to NULL
, but an example implementation is
\n\
777 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var
{elf_record_gcc_switches
},\n\
778 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new
, string mergeable
\n\
779 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is
\n\
780 provided by the @code
{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
} target
\n\
782 void, (const char *),
785 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
786 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
787 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
790 (record_gcc_switches_section,
791 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example
\n\
792 ELF implementation of the @code
{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
} target
\n\
794 const char *, ".GCC.command.line
")
796 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
799 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var
{x
}, which is a
\n\
800 @code
{SYMBOL_REF
} for which @samp
{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var
{x
})} is true.
\n\
801 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning
\n\
802 of @code
{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var
{x
})}.
\n\
804 If @code
{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
} is available
, the hook
's default definition uses\n\
805 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
806 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition
\n\
807 is @code
{NULL
}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.
",
809 default_asm_output_anchor)
813 "Output a string based on @var
{name
}, suitable for the @samp
{#ident
}\n\
814 directive
, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non
-C
-family languages.
\n\
815 If this hook is not defined
, nothing is output for the @samp
{#ident
}\n\
817 void, (const char *name),
818 hook_void_constcharptr)
820 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
822 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
823 "If defined
, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP
-relative
\n\
824 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.
",
825 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
828 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
830 (final_postscan_insn,
831 "If defined
, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the
\n\
832 output of assembler code for @var
{insn
}, to change the mode of the assembler
\n\
835 Here the argument @var
{opvec
} is the vector containing the operands
\n\
836 extracted from @var
{insn
}, and @var
{noperands
} is the number of
\n\
837 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
\n\
838 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn
\n\
839 template into assembler code
, so you can change the assembler mode
\n\
840 by checking the contents of the vector.
",
841 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
844 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
846 (trampoline_template,
847 "This hook is called by @code
{assemble_trampoline_template
} to output
,\n\
848 on the stream @var
{f
}, assembler code for a block of data that contains
\n\
849 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a
\n\
850 label
---the label is taken care of automatically.
\n\
852 If you do not define this hook
, it means no template is needed
\n\
853 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move
\n\
854 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code
\n\
855 to generate it on the spot.
",
860 (output_source_filename,
861 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename
\n\
862 @var
{name
} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var
{file
}.
\n\
864 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output
\n\
865 for the file format in use is appropriate.
",
866 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
867 default_asm_output_source_filename)
870 (output_addr_const_extra,
871 "A target hook to recognize @var
{rtx
} patterns that @code
{output_addr_const
}\n\
872 can
't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
873 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
874 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
876 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
877 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
878 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
879 return @code{true}.",
880 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
881 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
883 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
884 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
889 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
890 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
891 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
895 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
896 default_print_operand)
898 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
899 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
900 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
902 (print_operand_address,
904 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
905 default_print_operand_address)
907 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
908 `print_operand' hook.
*/
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P
,
912 (print_operand_punct_valid_p
,
914 bool
,(unsigned char code
),
915 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p
)
917 /* Given a symbol name
, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
918 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE.
*/
920 (mangle_assembler_name
,
921 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.cc}'s\n\
922 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\n\
923 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\n\
924 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\n\
925 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
926 tree
, (const char
*name
),
927 default_mangle_assembler_name
)
929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out
)
931 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
932 default to null pointers
, which haifa
-sched.cc looks for and handles.
*/
934 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_SCHED_"
935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED
, sched
)
937 /* Given the current cost
, COST
, of an insn
, INSN
, calculate and
938 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
939 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment.
*/
942 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
943 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
944 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
945 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
946 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
947 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
948 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
949 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
950 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
951 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
952 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
953 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
954 int
, (rtx_insn
*insn
, int dep_type1
, rtx_insn
*dep_insn
, int cost
,
958 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority.
*/
961 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
962 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
963 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
964 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
965 scheduling priorities of insns.",
966 int
, (rtx_insn
*insn
, int priority
), NULL
)
968 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
969 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
970 over an entire compilation. The default is
1.
*/
973 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
974 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
975 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
976 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
977 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
978 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
979 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
980 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
981 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
984 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
985 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same.
*/
988 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
989 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
990 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
991 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
992 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
993 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
994 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
995 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
996 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
997 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
999 int
, (FILE
*file
, int verbose
, rtx_insn
*insn
, int more
), NULL
)
1001 /* Initialize machine
-dependent scheduling code.
*/
1004 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1005 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1006 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1007 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1008 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1009 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1010 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1011 void
, (FILE
*file
, int verbose
, int max_ready
), NULL
)
1013 /* Finalize machine
-dependent scheduling code.
*/
1016 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1017 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1018 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1019 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1020 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1021 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1022 void
, (FILE
*file
, int verbose
), NULL
)
1024 /* Initialize machine
-dependent function wide scheduling code.
*/
1027 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1028 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1029 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1031 void
, (FILE
*file
, int verbose
, int old_max_uid
), NULL
)
1033 /* Finalize machine
-dependent function wide scheduling code.
*/
1036 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1037 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1038 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1039 void
, (FILE
*file
, int verbose
), NULL
)
1041 /* Reorder insns in a machine
-dependent fashion
, in two different
1042 places. Default does nothing.
*/
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1046 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1047 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1049 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1050 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1051 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1052 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1053 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1054 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1055 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1056 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1057 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1058 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1059 int
, (FILE
*file
, int verbose
, rtx_insn
**ready
, int
*n_readyp
, int clock
), NULL
)
1063 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1064 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1065 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1067 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1068 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1069 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1070 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1071 int
, (FILE
*file
, int verbose
, rtx_insn
**ready
, int
*n_readyp
, int clock
), NULL
)
1075 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1079 (macro_fusion_pair_p
,
1080 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1081 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1082 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1083 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1084 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1085 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1086 bool
, (rtx_insn
*prev
, rtx_insn
*curr
), NULL
)
1088 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1089 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1090 by two parameter
values (head and tail correspondingly
).
*/
1092 (dependencies_evaluation_hook
,
1093 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1094 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1095 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1096 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1097 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1098 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1100 void
, (rtx_insn
*head
, rtx_insn
*tail
), NULL
)
1102 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1103 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1104 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1105 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1106 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1107 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1108 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1109 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1110 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes.
*/
1113 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn
,
1114 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1118 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn
,
1119 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1120 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1122 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1123 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1124 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1125 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1129 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn
,
1130 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1131 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1135 (dfa_post_cycle_insn
,
1136 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1137 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1138 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1139 rtx_insn
*, (void
), NULL
)
1141 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1142 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1143 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1144 immediately before and after cycle is advanced.
*/
1147 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle
,
1148 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1149 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1150 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1151 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1155 (dfa_post_advance_cycle
,
1156 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1162 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1163 which defines how many insns in queue `ready
' will we try for
1164 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1165 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1166 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1167 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1168 insns on the same cycle. */
1170 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1171 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1172 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1173 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1174 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1175 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1176 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1177 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1178 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1179 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1180 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1182 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1183 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1184 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1185 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1186 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1187 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1188 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1189 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1190 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1192 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1193 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1194 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1196 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1199 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1200 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1201 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1202 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1204 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1206 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1207 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1208 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1209 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1210 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1211 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1212 number of cycles.\n\
1213 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1214 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1215 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1217 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1218 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1220 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1222 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1223 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1224 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1225 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1226 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1227 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1228 scheduling on current cycle. */
1230 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1231 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1233 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1236 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1237 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1238 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1239 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1240 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1241 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1242 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1243 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1244 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1245 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1247 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1248 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1249 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1250 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1252 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1253 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1254 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1255 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1263 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1265 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1267 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1268 round of multipass scheduling.
1270 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1271 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1272 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1273 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1274 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1276 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1277 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1278 round of multipass scheduling.",
1279 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1281 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1287 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1288 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1291 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1292 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1293 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1294 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1295 described in DFA. */
1297 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1298 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1299 void, (void *data), NULL)
1301 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1302 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1303 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1304 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1305 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1306 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1307 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1308 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1309 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1310 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1311 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1314 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1315 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1316 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1317 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1318 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1319 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1320 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1321 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1322 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1323 and the current processor cycle.",
1324 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1325 int clock, int *sort_p),
1328 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1329 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1330 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1331 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1332 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1333 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1334 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1335 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1336 second insn (second parameter). */
1338 (is_costly_dependence,
1339 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1340 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1341 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1342 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1343 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1344 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1345 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1346 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1347 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1348 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1350 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1351 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data
/resource
\n\
1352 delays
, however
: (b
) there
's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1353 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1354 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1355 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1356 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1357 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1359 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1360 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1361 that new instructions were emitted. */
1364 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1365 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1366 per instruction data structures.",
1369 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1371 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1373 (alloc_sched_context,
1374 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1375 void *, (void), NULL)
1377 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1379 (init_sched_context,
1380 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1381 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1382 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1383 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1385 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1388 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1389 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1391 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1393 (clear_sched_context,
1394 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1395 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1397 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1399 (free_sched_context,
1400 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1403 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1404 by the insn scheduler.
1405 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1406 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1407 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1409 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1410 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1411 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1415 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1416 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1417 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1418 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1419 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1420 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var
{request
} describes the type of requested
\n\
1421 speculation. If the return value equals
1 then @var
{new_pat
} is assigned
\n\
1422 the generated speculative pattern.
",
1423 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1425 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1427 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code
\n\
1431 for @var
{insn
}. It should return @code
{true
}, if the corresponding check
\n\
1432 instruction should branch to recovery code
, or @code
{false
} otherwise.
",
1433 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1435 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1436 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1438 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1439 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1440 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1441 is being performed. */
1444 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery
\n\
1445 check instruction. If @var
{mutate_p
} is zero
, then @var
{insn
} is a
\n\
1446 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.
\n\
1447 @var
{label
} is either a label of a basic block
, where recovery code should
\n\
1448 be emitted
, or a null pointer
, when requested check doesn
't branch to\n\
1449 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1450 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1451 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.
",
1452 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1455 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1456 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1459 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be
\n\
1461 The structure
*@var
{spec_info
} should be filled in by the target.
\n\
1462 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.
",
1463 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1467 "Return speculation types of instruction @var
{insn
}.
",
1468 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1471 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1472 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var
{insn
}",
1473 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1476 (can_speculate_insn,
1477 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers
, usually
\n\
1478 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such
\n\
1479 instructions have long latency
, and often they are not fully modeled in the
\n\
1480 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code
{false
} if @var
{insn
}\n\
1481 should not be speculated.
",
1482 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1486 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1487 advance to the inner rtxes.
",
1488 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1490 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1491 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1492 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1496 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a
\n\
1497 resource
-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in
\n\
1498 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target
\n\
1499 backend can use @var
{g
} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower
\n\
1500 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented
: the total number
\n\
1501 of instructions divided by the issue rate.
",
1502 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1504 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1505 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1509 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified
\n\
1510 in its second parameter.
",
1511 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1514 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1515 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1516 as the second parameter is true. */
1519 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling
\n\
1520 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.
",
1521 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1522 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1526 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline
, which means that not just
\n\
1527 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling
, but
\n\
1528 also the latencies of operations.
",
1531 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1532 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1533 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1535 (reassociation_width,
1536 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of
\n\
1537 parallelism required in output calculations chain.
",
1538 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1539 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1541 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1542 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1545 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion
\n\
1546 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities
\n\
1547 are returned via pointer parameters.
\n\
1549 @var
{insn
} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.
\n\
1550 @var
{max_pri
} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.
\n\
1551 @var
{fusion_pri
} is the pointer parameter through which @var
{insn
}'s\n\
1552 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1553 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority
\n\
1554 should be calculated and returned.
\n\
1556 Same @var
{fusion_pri
} should be returned for instructions which should
\n\
1557 be scheduled together. Different @var
{pri
} should be returned for
\n\
1558 instructions with same @var
{fusion_pri
}. @var
{fusion_pri
} is the major
\n\
1559 sort key
, @var
{pri
} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be
\n\
1560 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated
\n\
1561 should be between
0 (exclusive
) and @var
{max_pri
} (inclusive
). To avoid
\n\
1562 false dependencies
, @var
{fusion_pri
} of instructions which need to be
\n\
1563 scheduled together should be smaller than @var
{fusion_pri
} of irrelevant
\n\
1566 Given below example
:\n\
1575 ldr r16
, [r2
, 12]\n\
1577 @end smallexample
\n\
1579 On targets like ARM
/AArch64
, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be
\n\
1580 merged. Since peephole2 pass can
't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1581 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where
\n\
1582 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each
\n\
1583 instruction based on its fustion type
, like
:\n\
1586 ldr r10
, [r1
, 4] ; fusion_pri
=99, pri
=96\n\
1587 add r4
, r4
, r10
; fusion_pri
=100, pri
=100\n\
1588 ldr r15
, [r2
, 8] ; fusion_pri
=98, pri
=92\n\
1589 sub r5
, r5
, r15
; fusion_pri
=100, pri
=100\n\
1590 ldr r11
, [r1
, 0] ; fusion_pri
=99, pri
=100\n\
1591 add r4
, r4
, r11
; fusion_pri
=100, pri
=100\n\
1592 ldr r16
, [r2
, 12] ; fusion_pri
=98, pri
=88\n\
1593 sub r5
, r5
, r16
; fusion_pri
=100, pri
=100\n\
1594 @end smallexample
\n\
1596 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according
\n\
1597 to the priorities. As a result
, instructions of same fusion type will be
\n\
1598 pushed together in instruction flow
, like
:\n\
1604 ldr r16
, [r2
, 12]\n\
1609 @end smallexample
\n\
1611 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.
\n\
1613 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion
\n\
1614 work
, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.
\n\
1616 This is firstly introduced on ARM
/AArch64 targets
, please refer to
\n\
1617 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.
",
1618 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1620 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1622 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1624 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_
"
1625 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1628 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1629 "This hook should set @var
{vecsize_mangle
}, @var
{vecsize_int
}, @var
{vecsize_float
}\n\
1630 fields in @var
{simd_clone
} structure pointed by @var
{clone_info
} argument and also
\n\
1631 @var
{simdlen
} field if it was previously
0.
\n\
1632 The hook should return
0 if SIMD clones shouldn
't be emitted,\n\
1633 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1634 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1638 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1639 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1640 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1644 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used
\n\
1645 in vectorized loops in current function
, or non
-negative number if it is
\n\
1646 usable. In that case
, the smaller the number is
, the more desirable it is
\n\
1648 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1650 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1652 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1654 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_
"
1655 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1659 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.
",
1662 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1664 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1666 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_
"
1667 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1670 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1671 "Return
1 if @var
{trait
} @var
{name
} is present in the OpenMP context
's\n\
1672 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1673 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1674 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1675 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1677 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1679 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1681 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1682 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1686 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1687 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1688 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1689 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1690 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1691 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1692 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1693 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1694 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1695 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1696 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1697 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1701 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1702 or zero if unbounded.",
1704 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1708 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1709 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1710 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1711 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1712 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1713 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1714 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1715 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1716 default_goacc_fork_join)
1720 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1721 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1722 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1723 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1724 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1725 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1726 void, (gcall *call),
1727 default_goacc_reduction)
1730 (adjust_private_decl,
1731 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\
1732 OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\
1733 parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\
1734 @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}). A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\
1735 declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\
1736 @var{loc} may be used for diagnostic purposes.\n\
1738 You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\
1739 adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\
1741 tree, (location_t loc, tree var, int level),
1746 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\
1747 specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions. A particular use is\n\
1748 to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\
1749 memories. A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\
1750 handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\
1752 Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\
1753 @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default. You can also adjust\n\
1754 private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\
1755 @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.",
1760 (create_worker_broadcast_record,
1761 "Create a record used to propagate local-variable state from an active\n\
1762 worker to other workers. A possible implementation might adjust the type\n\
1763 of REC to place the new variable in shared GPU memory.\n\
1765 Presence of this target hook indicates that middle end neutering/broadcasting\n\
1767 tree, (tree rec, bool sender, const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset),
1772 "Lay out a fixed shared-memory region on the target. The LO and HI\n\
1773 arguments should be set to a range of addresses that can be used for worker\n\
1774 broadcasting. The dimensions, reduction size and gang-private size\n\
1775 arguments are for the current offload region.",
1776 void, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, int[],
1777 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[]),
1780 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1782 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1784 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1785 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1787 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1788 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1791 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1792 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1793 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1794 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1795 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1797 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1798 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1799 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1800 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1801 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1802 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1803 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1804 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1805 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1806 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1807 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1809 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1810 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1811 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1812 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1813 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1815 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1816 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1817 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1820 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1821 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1823 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1824 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1825 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1826 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1827 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1828 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1829 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1830 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1832 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1833 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1835 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1836 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1837 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1838 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1839 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1840 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1841 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1843 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1844 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1845 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1847 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1848 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1849 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1850 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1851 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1852 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1855 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1856 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1857 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1858 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1859 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1860 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1863 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1864 correct for most targets.",
1865 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1866 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1868 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1869 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1871 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1872 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations)\n\
1873 for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar\n\
1874 access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1875 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1876 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1880 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1881 vectors of mode @var{op_mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel},\n\
1882 producing a vector of mode @var{mode}. The hook is also used to emit such\n\
1885 When the hook is being used to test whether the target supports a permutation,\n\
1886 @var{in0}, @var{in1}, and @var{out} are all null. When the hook is being used\n\
1887 to emit a permutation, @var{in0} and @var{in1} are the source vectors of mode\n\
1888 @var{op_mode} and @var{out} is the destination vector of mode @var{mode}.\n\
1889 @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if @var{sel} describes a permutation on one\n\
1890 vector instead of two.\n\
1892 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1893 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1895 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1896 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1897 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1898 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1899 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1900 implementation approaches itself.",
1901 bool, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode op_mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1902 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1905 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1906 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1907 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1909 (support_vector_misalignment,
1910 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1911 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1912 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1913 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1914 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1916 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1917 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1919 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1922 (preferred_simd_mode,
1923 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1924 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1925 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1926 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1929 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1931 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1934 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1935 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1936 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1937 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1940 default_split_reduction)
1942 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1943 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1945 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1946 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1947 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1948 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1949 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1950 for a given element mode.\n\
1952 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1953 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1954 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1955 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1958 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1959 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1961 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1962 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1964 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1965 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1966 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1970 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1971 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1972 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1975 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1976 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1980 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1981 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1982 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1983 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1984 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1985 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1986 required properties.\n\
1988 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1989 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1990 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1991 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1992 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1993 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1994 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1995 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1998 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1999 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
2000 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
2002 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
2003 default_vectorize_related_mode)
2005 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
2008 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
2009 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
2010 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
2011 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
2012 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
2013 mask mode exists.\n\
2015 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
2016 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
2018 (machine_mode mode),
2019 default_get_mask_mode)
2021 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
2022 mask is all zeros. */
2024 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
2025 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
2026 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
2027 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
2030 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
2032 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
2035 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
2036 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2037 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2038 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2041 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2044 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
2047 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
2048 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2049 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2050 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2053 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2056 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2059 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation\n\
2060 for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default\n\
2061 allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue,\n\
2062 body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is\n\
2063 non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block\n\
2064 is being vectorized. If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the\n\
2065 current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise\n\
2066 it is for the vector version.",
2067 class vector_costs *,
2068 (vec_info *vinfo, bool costing_for_scalar),
2069 default_vectorize_create_costs)
2071 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2074 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2077 (preferred_else_value,
2078 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call
\n\
2079 to conditional internal function @var
{ifn
} (really of type
\n\
2080 @code
{internal_fn
}). @var
{type
} specifies the return type of the
\n\
2081 function and @var
{ops
} are the operands to the conditional operation
,\n\
2082 of which there are @var
{nops
}.
\n\
2084 For example
, if @var
{ifn
} is @code
{IFN_COND_ADD
}, the hook returns
\n\
2085 a value of type @var
{type
} that should be used when @samp
{@var
{ops
}[0]}\n\
2086 and @samp
{@var
{ops
}[1]} are conditionally added together.
\n\
2088 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns
\n\
2089 like @code
{cond_add@var
{m
}}. The default implementation returns a zero
\n\
2090 constant of type @var
{type
}.
",
2092 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2093 default_preferred_else_value)
2096 (record_offload_symbol,
2097 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named
\n\
2098 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be
\n\
2099 recorded in the offload function and variable table.
",
2104 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2105 "If defined
, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment
\n\
2106 that a type or variable can have on this machine
, otherwise
,\n\
2107 @code
{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
} is used.
",
2108 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2110 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2111 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2112 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2114 (override_options_after_change,
2115 "This target function is similar to the hook @code
{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
}\n\
2116 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or
\n\
2117 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the
\n\
2118 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation
\n\
2119 when @code
{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
} is called so if you want to perform these
\n\
2120 actions then
, you should have @code
{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
} call
\n\
2121 @code
{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
}.
",
2127 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should
\n\
2128 translate any relevant target
-specific
options (such as the ABI in use
)\n\
2129 into one of the @option
{-foffload
} options that exist as a common interface
\n\
2130 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options
,\n\
2131 separated by spaces
, which the caller will free.
\n",
2132 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2135 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2136 "Return machine mode for filter value.
",
2137 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2138 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2140 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2142 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2143 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value
\n\
2144 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined
\n\
2145 @code
{word_mode
} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of
\n\
2147 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2148 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2150 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2152 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2153 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand
\n\
2154 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined
\n\
2155 @code
{word_mode
} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of
\n\
2157 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2158 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2160 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2163 "Return machine mode to be used for @code
{_Unwind_Word
} type.
\n\
2164 The default is to use @code
{word_mode
}.
",
2165 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2166 default_unwind_word_mode)
2168 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2170 (merge_decl_attributes,
2171 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special
\n\
2172 handling. If defined
, the result is a list of the combined
\n\
2173 @code
{DECL_ATTRIBUTES
} of @var
{olddecl
} and @var
{newdecl
}.
\n\
2174 @var
{newdecl
} is a duplicate declaration of @var
{olddecl
}. Examples of
\n\
2175 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another
, or when an
\n\
2176 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may
\n\
2177 call @code
{merge_attributes
} to handle machine
-independent merging.
\n\
2179 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
\n\
2180 If the only target
-specific handling you require is @samp
{dllimport
}\n\
2181 for Microsoft Windows targets
, you should define the macro
\n\
2182 @code
{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
} to @code
{1}. The compiler
\n\
2183 will then define a function called
\n\
2184 @code
{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes
} which can then be defined as
\n\
2185 the expansion of @code
{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
}. You can also
\n\
2186 add @code
{handle_dll_attribute
} in the attribute table for your port
\n\
2187 to perform initial processing of the @samp
{dllimport
} and
\n\
2188 @samp
{dllexport
} attributes. This is done in @file
{i386
/cygwin.h
} and
\n\
2189 @file
{i386
/i386.cc
}, for example.
",
2190 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2191 merge_decl_attributes)
2193 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2195 (merge_type_attributes,
2196 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special
\n\
2197 handling. If defined
, the result is a list of the combined
\n\
2198 @code
{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
} of @var
{type1
} and @var
{type2
}. It is assumed
\n\
2199 that @code
{comptypes
} has already been called and returned
1. This
\n\
2200 function may call @code
{merge_attributes
} to handle machine
-independent
\n\
2202 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2203 merge_type_attributes)
2205 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2209 "If defined
, this target hook points to an array of @samp
{struct
\n\
2210 attribute_spec
} (defined in @file
{tree
-core.h
}) specifying the machine
\n\
2211 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the
\n\
2212 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they
\n\
2214 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2216 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2219 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2220 "If defined
, this target hook is a function which returns true if the
\n\
2221 machine
-specific attribute named @var
{name
} expects an identifier
\n\
2222 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier
, not
\n\
2223 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined
, the default is
\n\
2224 false for all machine
-specific attributes.
",
2225 bool, (const_tree name),
2226 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2228 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2229 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2230 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2232 (comp_type_attributes,
2233 "If defined
, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on
\n\
2234 @var
{type1
} and @var
{type2
} are incompatible
, one if they are compatible
,\n\
2235 and two if they are nearly
compatible (which causes a warning to be
\n\
2236 generated
). If this is not defined
, machine
-specific attributes are
\n\
2237 supposed always to be compatible.
",
2238 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2239 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2241 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2243 (set_default_type_attributes,
2244 "If defined
, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to
\n\
2245 the newly defined @var
{type
}.
",
2249 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2252 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl
\n\
2253 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which
\n\
2254 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to
\n\
2255 the pragma
's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2256 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2257 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2258 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2259 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2260 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2262 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2263 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2265 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2267 (handle_generic_attribute,
2268 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2269 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2270 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2271 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2272 @var{section} attribute.",
2273 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2274 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2276 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2277 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2279 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2280 "@cindex inlining\n\
2281 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2282 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2283 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2284 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2285 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2286 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2288 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2289 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2291 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2292 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2293 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2294 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage
\n\
2295 unit with the previous bit
-field if their underlying types have
\n\
2296 different sizes
, and the bit
-field will be aligned to the highest
\n\
2297 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous
\n\
2298 bit
-field
; (ii
) a zero
-sized bit
-field will affect the alignment of
\n\
2299 the whole enclosing structure
, even if it is unnamed
; except that
\n\
2300 (iii
) a zero
-sized bit
-field will be disregarded unless it follows
\n\
2301 another bit
-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code
{true
},\n\
2302 other macros that control bit
-field layout are ignored.
\n\
2304 When a bit
-field is inserted into a packed record
, the whole size
\n\
2305 of the underlying type is used by one or more same
-size adjacent
\n\
2306 bit
-fields (that is
, if its long
:3, 32 bits is used in the record
,\n\
2307 and any additional adjacent long bit
-fields are packed into the same
\n\
2308 chunk of
32 bits. However
, if the size changes
, a new field of that
\n\
2309 size is allocated
). In an unpacked record
, this is the same as using
\n\
2310 alignment
, but not equivalent when packing.
\n\
2312 If both MS bit
-fields and @samp
{__attribute__((packed
))} are used
,\n\
2313 the latter will take precedence. If @samp
{__attribute__((packed
))} is
\n\
2314 used on a single field when MS bit
-fields are in use
, it will take
\n\
2315 precedence for that field
, but the alignment of the rest of the structure
\n\
2316 may affect its placement.
",
2317 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2318 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2320 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2321 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2322 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2327 targhook_words_big_endian)
2329 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2331 (float_words_big_endian,
2334 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2337 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2338 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE
754 floating
-point exceptions
\n\
2339 and rounding modes
, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the
\n\
2340 @code
{float
} and @code
{double
} types
, but not necessarily @code
{long double
}.
\n\
2341 By default
, returns true if the @code
{adddf3
} instruction pattern is
\n\
2342 available and false otherwise
, on the assumption that hardware floating
\n\
2343 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point
\n\
2346 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2348 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2350 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2351 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.
",
2353 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2355 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2357 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2358 "Returns true if the target supports fixed
-point arithmetic.
",
2360 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2362 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2364 (align_anon_bitfield,
2365 "When @code
{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
} is true this hook will determine
\n\
2366 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing
\n\
2367 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit
\n\
2368 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield
's type.",
2370 hook_bool_void_false)
2372 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2373 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2375 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2376 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2377 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2378 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2380 The default is @code{false}.",
2382 hook_bool_void_false)
2384 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2387 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2388 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2391 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2392 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2393 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2394 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2396 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2397 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2398 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2399 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2400 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2401 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2405 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2406 built-in function decl for CODE.
2407 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2408 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2411 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2412 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2413 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2414 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2415 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2416 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2417 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2418 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2420 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2424 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2425 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2426 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2427 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2428 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2429 @var{exp}'s operands. @var
{ignore
} is nonzero if the value is to be
\n\
2430 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the
\n\
2431 built
-in function.
",
2433 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2434 default_expand_builtin)
2436 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2437 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2438 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2439 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2440 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2442 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2443 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built
-in function that
\n\
2444 was set up by @samp
{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
}. This is done
\n\
2445 @emph
{before
} regular type checking
, and so allows the target to
\n\
2446 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var
{fndecl
} is the
\n\
2447 declaration of the built
-in function. @var
{arglist
} is the list of
\n\
2448 arguments passed to the built
-in function. The result is a
\n\
2449 complete expression that implements the operation
, usually
\n\
2450 another @code
{CALL_EXPR
}.
\n\
2451 @var
{arglist
} really has type @samp
{VEC(tree
,gc
)*}",
2452 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2455 (check_builtin_call,
2456 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine
-specific built
-in
\n\
2457 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function
\n\
2458 signature. Return true if the call is valid
, otherwise report an error
\n\
2459 and return false.
\n\
2461 This hook is called after @code
{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
}.
\n\
2462 The call was originally to built
-in function @var
{orig_fndecl
},\n\
2463 but after the optional @code
{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
}\n\
2464 step is now to built
-in function @var
{fndecl
}. @var
{loc
} is the
\n\
2465 location of the call and @var
{args
} is an array of function arguments
,\n\
2466 of which there are @var
{nargs
}. @var
{arg_loc
} specifies the location
\n\
2468 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2469 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2472 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2476 "Fold a call to a machine specific built
-in function that was set up by
\n\
2477 @samp
{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
}. @var
{fndecl
} is the declaration of the
\n\
2478 built
-in function. @var
{n_args
} is the number of arguments passed to
\n\
2479 the function
; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var
{argp
}.
\n\
2480 The result is another tree
, valid for both GIMPLE and
GENERIC,\n\
2481 containing a simplified expression for the call
's result. If\n\
2482 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2483 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2484 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2486 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2488 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2489 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2490 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2491 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2492 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2493 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2494 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2496 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2497 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2498 during function multi
-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2499 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2500 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2501 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2502 if DECL1 is higher priority
, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2503 and
0 if they are the same.
*/
2505 (compare_version_priority
,
2506 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2507 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2508 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2509 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2510 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2511 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2512 int
, (tree decl1
, tree decl2
), NULL
)
2514 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2515 function version at run
-time for a given set of function versions.
2516 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2517 must be generated.
*/
2519 (generate_version_dispatcher_body
,
2520 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2521 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2522 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2523 body must be generated.",
2524 tree
, (void
*arg
), NULL
)
2526 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2527 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2528 version at run
-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2529 identical versions.
*/
2531 (get_function_versions_dispatcher
,
2532 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2533 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2534 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2535 identical versions.",
2536 tree
, (void
*decl
), NULL
)
2538 /* Returns a code for a target
-specific builtin that implements
2539 reciprocal of a target
-specific function
, or NULL_TREE if not available.
*/
2541 (builtin_reciprocal
,
2542 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2543 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2544 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2545 tree
, (tree fndecl
),
2546 default_builtin_reciprocal
)
2548 /* For a vendor
-specific
TYPE, return a pointer to a statically
-allocated
2549 string containing the C
++ mangling for
TYPE. In all other cases
, return
2553 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2554 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2555 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2556 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2557 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2558 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2559 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2560 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2563 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2564 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2565 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2566 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2567 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2568 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2569 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2570 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2571 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2572 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.cc} for the list of\n\
2573 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2574 spaces in your string.\n\
2576 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2577 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2578 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2581 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2582 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2584 const char
*, (const_tree type
),
2585 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null
)
2587 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target.
*/
2590 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2591 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2592 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.cc}.\n\
2593 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2594 library routines.\n\
2596 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2600 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __.
*/
2602 (libfunc_gnu_prefix
,
2603 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2604 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2605 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2606 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2607 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2608 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2611 /* Given a decl
, a section name
, and whether the decl initializer
2612 has relocs
, choose attributes for the section.
*/
2613 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION.
*/
2615 (section_type_flags
,
2616 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2617 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2618 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2619 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2621 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2622 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2623 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2624 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2625 unsigned int
, (tree decl
, const char
*name
, int reloc
),
2626 default_section_type_flags
)
2630 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2631 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2632 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2633 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2635 bool
, (enum function_class fn_class
, tree type
),
2636 default_libc_has_function
)
2639 (libc_has_fast_function
,
2640 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2641 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2643 default_libc_has_fast_function
)
2645 /* True if new jumps cannot be created
, to replace existing ones or
2646 not
, at the current point in the compilation.
*/
2648 (cannot_modify_jumps_p
,
2649 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2650 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2651 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2652 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2656 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2658 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2662 hook_bool_void_false
)
2664 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE.
*/
2667 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\n\
2668 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\n\
2669 false, if it can't.\n\
2670 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\n\
2671 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2672 bool
, (const rtx_insn
*follower
, const rtx_insn
*followee
),
2673 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true
)
2675 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution.
*/
2677 (have_conditional_execution
,
2678 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2679 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2680 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2682 default_have_conditional_execution
)
2686 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2687 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2688 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2689 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2690 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2691 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2692 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2693 rtx
, (rtx_insn
**prep_seq
, rtx_insn
**gen_seq
, int code
, tree op0
, tree op1
),
2698 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2699 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2700 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2701 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2702 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2703 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2704 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2705 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2706 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2707 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2708 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2709 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2710 rtx
, (rtx_insn
**prep_seq
, rtx_insn
**gen_seq
, rtx prev
, int cmp_code
, tree op0
, tree op1
, int bit_code
),
2714 (gen_memset_scratch_rtx
,
2715 "This hook should return an rtx for a scratch register in @var{mode} to\n\
2716 be used when expanding memset calls. The backend can use a hard scratch\n\
2717 register to avoid stack realignment when expanding memset. The default\n\
2718 is @code{gen_reg_rtx}.",
2719 rtx
, (machine_mode mode
),
2722 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size.
*/
2724 (loop_unroll_adjust
,
2725 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2726 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2727 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2728 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2729 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2730 number of memory accesses.",
2731 unsigned
, (unsigned nunroll
, class loop
*loop
),
2734 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE
-mode immediate operand.
*/
2736 (legitimate_constant_p
,
2737 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2738 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2739 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2741 The default definition returns true.",
2742 bool
, (machine_mode mode
, rtx x
),
2743 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true
)
2745 /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre
-computed.
*/
2748 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\
2749 machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\
2750 You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\
2753 The default definition returns false.",
2754 bool
, (machine_mode mode
, rtx x
),
2755 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false
)
2757 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool.
*/
2759 (cannot_force_const_mem
,
2760 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2761 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2764 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2766 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2767 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2768 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2769 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2770 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2771 bool
, (machine_mode mode
, rtx x
),
2772 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false
)
2775 (cannot_copy_insn_p
,
2776 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2777 bool
, (rtx_insn *)
, NULL
)
2779 /* True if X is considered to be commutative.
*/
2782 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2783 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2784 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2785 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2786 bool
, (const_rtx x
, int outer_code
),
2787 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p
)
2789 /* True if ADDR is an address
-expression whose effect depends
2790 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in.
*/
2792 (mode_dependent_address_p
,
2793 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2794 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2795 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2796 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2799 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2800 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2801 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2802 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2804 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2806 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2807 bool
, (const_rtx addr
, addr_space_t addrspace
),
2808 default_mode_dependent_address_p
)
2810 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode
, try machine
-specific
2811 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure.
*/
2813 (legitimize_address
,
2814 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2815 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2818 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2819 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2820 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2823 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2824 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2825 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2827 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2828 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2829 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2830 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2831 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2832 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2833 strategy can generate better code.",
2834 rtx
, (rtx x
, rtx oldx
, machine_mode mode
),
2835 default_legitimize_address
)
2837 /* Given an address RTX
, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS.
*/
2839 (delegitimize_address
,
2840 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2841 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2842 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2843 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2844 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2845 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2846 into their original form.",
2848 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs
)
2850 /* Given an RTX
, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2853 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p
,
2854 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2857 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p
)
2859 /* Given an address RTX
, say whether it is valid.
*/
2861 (legitimate_address_p
,
2862 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2863 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2865 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2866 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2867 desired by the caller.\n\
2869 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2870 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2871 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2872 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2873 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2874 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2875 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2876 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2878 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2879 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2880 register is required.\n\
2882 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2883 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2884 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2885 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2886 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2888 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2889 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2890 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2891 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2892 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2894 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2895 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2896 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2897 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2898 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2899 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2900 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2903 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2904 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2905 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2909 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2913 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2914 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2916 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2917 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2918 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2919 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2920 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2922 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2923 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2924 bool
, (machine_mode mode
, rtx x
, bool strict
),
2925 default_legitimate_address_p
)
2927 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block.
*/
2929 (use_blocks_for_constant_p
,
2930 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2931 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2934 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2935 bool
, (machine_mode mode
, const_rtx x
),
2936 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false
)
2938 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block.
*/
2940 (use_blocks_for_decl_p
,
2941 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2942 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2944 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2945 bool
, (const_tree decl
),
2946 hook_bool_const_tree_true
)
2948 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses.
*/
2951 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2952 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2953 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2954 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2959 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2960 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2964 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol.
*/
2966 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p
,
2967 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2968 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2969 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2971 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2972 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2973 or target-specific sections.",
2974 bool
, (const_rtx x
),
2975 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p
)
2977 /* True if target supports indirect functions.
*/
2980 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2981 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2982 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2984 default_has_ifunc_p
)
2986 /* True if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers locally.
*/
2988 (ifunc_ref_local_ok
,
2989 "Return true if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers\n\
2990 locally. The default is to return false.",
2992 hook_bool_void_false
)
2994 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2995 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function
, or NULL if
2996 this is an indirect call.
*/
2998 (function_ok_for_sibcall
,
2999 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
3000 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
3001 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
3003 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3004 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3005 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3006 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
3007 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3008 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3009 bool
, (tree decl
, tree exp
),
3010 hook_bool_tree_tree_false
)
3012 /* Establish appropriate back
-end context for processing the function
3013 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3014 level
, outside of any function scope.
*/
3016 (set_current_function
,
3017 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3018 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3019 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3020 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3021 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3022 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3023 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3024 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3025 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3027 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3028 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3029 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3030 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3031 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3032 outside of any function scope.",
3033 void
, (tree decl
), hook_void_tree
)
3035 /* True if EXP should be placed in a
"small data" section.
*/
3038 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3039 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3040 bool
, (const_tree exp
),
3041 hook_bool_const_tree_false
)
3043 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3044 to the current executable or shared library.
*/
3047 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3048 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3049 or executable image).\n\
3051 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3052 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3053 currently supported object file formats.",
3054 bool
, (const_tree exp
),
3055 default_binds_local_p
)
3057 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue.
*/
3059 (profile_before_prologue
,
3060 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3061 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3062 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3064 default_profile_before_prologue
)
3066 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3069 (keep_leaf_when_profiled
,
3070 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\n\
3071 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\n\
3072 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\n\
3073 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\n\
3074 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3076 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled
)
3078 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL
's external name,
3079 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3080 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3081 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3083 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3084 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3085 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3086 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3087 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3088 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3089 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3090 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3091 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3092 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3094 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3095 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3097 (encode_section_info,
3098 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3099 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3100 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3102 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3103 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3104 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3105 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3106 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3108 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3109 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3110 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3111 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3112 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3115 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3116 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3117 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3118 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3119 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3120 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3122 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3123 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3124 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3125 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3126 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3127 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3129 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3130 in @file{varasm.cc}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3131 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3132 before overriding it.",
3133 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3134 default_encode_section_info)
3136 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3138 (strip_name_encoding,
3139 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3140 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3142 const char *, (const char *name),
3143 default_strip_name_encoding)
3145 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3146 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3148 (shift_truncation_mask,
3149 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3150 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3151 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3153 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3154 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3155 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3156 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3157 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3158 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3160 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3161 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3162 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3164 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3165 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3166 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3167 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3168 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3170 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3171 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3173 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3174 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3177 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3178 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3179 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3180 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3181 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3182 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3183 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3184 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3185 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3188 (truly_noop_truncation,
3189 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3190 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3191 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3192 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3193 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3194 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3195 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3197 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3198 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3199 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3200 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3201 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3203 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3204 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3205 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3206 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3207 necessarily defined at this point.
*/
3210 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3211 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3212 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3213 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3214 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3215 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3216 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3217 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3218 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3219 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3221 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3222 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3223 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3224 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3226 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3227 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3228 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3229 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3232 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3233 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3235 int
, (scalar_int_mode mode
, scalar_int_mode rep_mode
),
3236 default_mode_rep_extended
)
3239 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p
,
3240 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3241 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3242 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3244 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3245 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3246 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3247 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3248 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3249 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3251 hook_bool_void_false
)
3253 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in
__attribute__((mode("MODE"))).
*/
3255 (valid_pointer_mode
,
3256 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3257 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3258 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3259 bool
, (scalar_int_mode mode
),
3260 default_valid_pointer_mode
)
3262 /* Disambiguate with errno.
*/
3264 (ref_may_alias_errno
,
3265 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\n\
3266 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\n\
3267 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\n\
3268 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\n\
3270 bool
, (ao_ref
*ref
),
3271 default_ref_may_alias_errno
)
3273 /* Support for named address spaces.
*/
3275 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3276 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS
, addr_space
)
3278 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space.
*/
3281 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3282 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3283 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3284 scalar_int_mode
, (addr_space_t address_space
),
3285 default_addr_space_pointer_mode
)
3287 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space.
*/
3290 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3291 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3292 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3293 scalar_int_mode
, (addr_space_t address_space
),
3294 default_addr_space_address_mode
)
3296 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in
__attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3297 in another address space.
*/
3299 (valid_pointer_mode
,
3300 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3301 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3302 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3303 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3304 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3305 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3306 target hooks for the given address space.",
3307 bool
, (scalar_int_mode mode
, addr_space_t as
),
3308 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode
)
3310 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3311 space for a given mode.
*/
3313 (legitimate_address_p
,
3314 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3315 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3316 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3317 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3318 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3319 explicit named address space support.",
3320 bool
, (machine_mode mode
, rtx exp
, bool strict
, addr_space_t as
),
3321 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p
)
3323 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3324 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3325 independent methods to make the address valid.
*/
3327 (legitimize_address
,
3328 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3329 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3330 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3331 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3332 rtx
, (rtx x
, rtx oldx
, machine_mode mode
, addr_space_t as
),
3333 default_addr_space_legitimize_address
)
3335 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address.
*/
3338 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3339 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3340 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3341 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3342 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3343 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3344 bool
, (addr_space_t subset
, addr_space_t superset
),
3345 default_addr_space_subset_p
)
3347 /* True if
0 is a valid address in the address space
, or false if
3348 0 is a NULL in the address space.
*/
3350 (zero_address_valid
,
3351 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3352 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3353 bool
, (addr_space_t as
),
3354 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid
)
3356 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another.
*/
3359 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3360 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3361 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3362 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3363 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3364 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3365 rtx
, (rtx op
, tree from_type
, tree to_type
),
3366 default_addr_space_convert
)
3368 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf.
*/
3371 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3372 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3373 int
, (addr_space_t as
),
3374 default_addr_space_debug
)
3376 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used.
*/
3379 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3380 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3381 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3382 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3383 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3384 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3385 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3386 The default implementation does nothing.",
3387 void
, (addr_space_t as
, location_t loc
),
3388 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage
)
3390 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space
)
3393 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_"
3396 (lower_local_decl_alignment
,
3397 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3398 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3403 (static_rtx_alignment
,
3404 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3405 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3406 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3407 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3408 HOST_WIDE_INT
, (machine_mode mode
),
3409 default_static_rtx_alignment
)
3412 (constant_alignment
,
3413 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3414 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3415 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3417 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3419 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3420 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3421 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3422 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3423 HOST_WIDE_INT
, (const_tree constant
, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align
),
3424 default_constant_alignment
)
3427 (translate_mode_attribute
,
3428 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3429 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3430 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3432 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3433 machine_mode
, (machine_mode mode
),
3434 default_translate_mode_attribute
)
3436 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By
"valid", we mean able to
3437 be manipulated in non
-trivial ways. In particular
, this means all
3438 the arithmetic is supported.
*/
3440 (scalar_mode_supported_p
,
3441 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3442 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3443 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3446 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3447 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3448 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3449 code in @file{optabs.cc}.",
3450 bool
, (scalar_mode mode
),
3451 default_scalar_mode_supported_p
)
3453 /* Similarly for vector modes.
"Supported" here is less strict. At
3454 least some operations are supported
; need to check optabs or builtins
3455 for further details.
*/
3457 (vector_mode_supported_p
,
3458 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3459 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3460 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3461 bool
, (machine_mode mode
),
3462 hook_bool_mode_false
)
3465 (compatible_vector_types_p
,
3466 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3467 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3468 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3469 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3470 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3472 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3473 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3474 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3475 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3476 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3477 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3478 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3479 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3480 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3481 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3483 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3484 bool
, (const_tree type1
, const_tree type2
),
3485 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true
)
3489 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3490 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3491 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3492 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3493 the vector element type.",
3494 HOST_WIDE_INT
, (const_tree type
),
3495 default_vector_alignment
)
3499 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3500 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3501 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3502 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3503 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3504 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3505 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3506 used in specific cases.\n\
3508 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3509 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3510 opt_machine_mode
, (machine_mode mode
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems
),
3511 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none
)
3513 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array
,
3514 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit.
*/
3516 (array_mode_supported_p
,
3517 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3518 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3519 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3520 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3522 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3523 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3524 has operations like:\n\
3527 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3528 @end smallexample\n\
3530 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3533 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3537 @end smallexample\n\
3539 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3540 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3541 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3542 bool
, (machine_mode mode
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems
),
3543 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false
)
3546 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p
,
3547 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3548 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3549 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3550 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3551 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3552 bool
, (scalar_float_mode mode
),
3553 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p
)
3557 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3558 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3559 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3560 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3561 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3562 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3563 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3564 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3565 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3566 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3567 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3568 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3569 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3570 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3571 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3572 opt_scalar_float_mode
, (int n
, bool extended
),
3573 default_floatn_mode
)
3577 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3578 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3579 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3580 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3581 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3582 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3583 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3584 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3586 default_floatn_builtin_p
)
3588 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class
FROM to one of
3591 (register_move_cost
,
3592 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3593 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3594 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3595 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3598 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3599 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3600 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3602 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3603 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3604 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3605 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3606 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3607 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3609 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3610 int
, (machine_mode mode
, reg_class_t from
, reg_class_t to
),
3611 default_register_move_cost
)
3613 /* Compute cost of moving registers to
/from memory.
*/
3614 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3615 license grant. Also
, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS.
*/
3618 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3619 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3620 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3621 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3622 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3623 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3625 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3626 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3627 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3628 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3629 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3630 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3632 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3633 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3634 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3635 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3636 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3637 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3638 are the same as to this target hook.",
3639 int
, (machine_mode mode
, reg_class_t rclass
, bool in
),
3640 default_memory_move_cost
)
3643 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p
,
3644 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3645 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3646 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3647 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3648 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3649 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3650 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3652 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3653 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3654 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3655 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3658 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3659 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3660 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3661 under consideration.\n\
3663 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3664 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3666 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3667 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3668 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3669 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3670 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3671 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3673 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3674 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3675 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3676 bool
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size
, unsigned int alignment
,
3677 enum by_pieces_operation op
, bool speed_p
),
3678 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p
)
3681 (overlap_op_by_pieces_p
,
3682 "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3683 infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\
3684 in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\
3685 region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.",
3687 hook_bool_void_false
)
3690 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio
,
3691 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3692 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3693 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3694 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3695 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3696 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3697 negative number from this hook.",
3698 int
, (machine_mode mode
),
3699 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio
)
3702 (slow_unaligned_access
,
3703 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3704 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3705 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3706 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3707 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3709 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3710 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3711 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3712 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3713 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3715 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3716 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3717 bool
, (machine_mode mode
, unsigned int align
),
3718 default_slow_unaligned_access
)
3722 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3723 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3724 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3725 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3726 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3728 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3729 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3730 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3732 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3733 bool
, (int op
, machine_mode mode1
, machine_mode mode2
,
3734 optimization_type opt_type
),
3735 default_optab_supported_p
)
3737 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3738 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3739 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3740 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers.
*/
3742 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p
,
3743 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3744 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3745 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3746 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3747 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3750 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3751 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3752 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3753 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3756 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3757 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3758 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3759 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3760 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3761 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3762 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3763 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3764 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3766 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3767 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3768 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3769 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3770 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3771 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3772 bool
, (machine_mode mode
),
3773 hook_bool_mode_false
)
3775 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3776 target is constrainted to use post
-reload comparison elimination.
*/
3779 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3780 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3781 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3782 unsigned int
, INVALID_REGNUM
)
3784 /* Compute
a (partial
) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3785 cost has been computed
, and false if subexpressions should be
3786 scanned. In either case
, *TOTAL contains the cost result.
*/
3787 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE
, but that
's
3788 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3791 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3793 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3794 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3795 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3796 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3797 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3798 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3799 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3801 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode
, or for cases like @code
{const_int
} that
\n\
3802 do not have a mode
, the mode in which @var
{x
} is used.
\n\
3804 In implementing this hook
, you can use the construct
\n\
3805 @code
{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var
{n
})} to specify a cost equal to @var
{n
} fast
\n\
3808 On entry to the hook
, @code
{*@var
{total
}} contains a default estimate
\n\
3809 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as
\n\
3810 necessary. Traditionally
, the default costs are @code
{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3811 for multiplications
, @code
{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus
\n\
3812 operations
, and @code
{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.
\n\
3814 When optimizing for code size
, i.e.@
: when @code
{speed
} is
\n\
3815 false
, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative
\n\
3816 size cost of an expression
, again relative to @code
{COSTS_N_INSNS
}.
\n\
3818 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var
{x
} have been
\n\
3819 processed
, and false when @code
{rtx_cost
} should recurse.
",
3820 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3821 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3823 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3824 invalid addresses. */
3827 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains
\n\
3828 @var
{address
}. If not defined
, the cost is computed from
\n\
3829 the @var
{address
} expression and the @code
{TARGET_RTX_COST
} hook.
\n\
3831 For most CISC machines
, the default cost is a good approximation of the
\n\
3832 true cost of the addressing mode. However
, on RISC machines
, all
\n\
3833 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence
\n\
3834 all addresses will have equal costs.
\n\
3836 In cases where more than one form of an address is known
, the form with
\n\
3837 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same
, lowest
,\n\
3838 cost
, the one that is the most complex will be used.
\n\
3840 For example
, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register
\n\
3841 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro
\n\
3842 is not defined
, the address will be computed in a register and memory
\n\
3843 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where
\n\
3844 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than
\n\
3845 that of a simple indirect reference
, this will produce an additional
\n\
3846 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper
\n\
3847 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.
\n\
3849 This hook is never called with an invalid address.
\n\
3851 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as
\n\
3852 cheap as an address computation involving only one register
, defining
\n\
3853 @code
{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
} to reflect this can cause two registers to
\n\
3854 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if
\n\
3855 @code
{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
} were not defined in that manner. This effect
\n\
3856 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs
\n\
3857 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of
\n\
3858 registers on machines with lots of registers.
",
3859 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3860 default_address_cost)
3862 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3865 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.
\n\
3867 In implementing this hook
, you can use the construct
\n\
3868 @code
{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var
{n
})} to specify a cost equal to @var
{n
} fast
\n\
3871 When optimizing for code size
, i.e.@
: when @code
{speed
} is
\n\
3872 false
, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative
\n\
3873 size cost of an expression
, again relative to @code
{COSTS_N_INSNS
}.
",
3874 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3876 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3877 well defined units. */
3879 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3880 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code
{TARGET_RTX_COSTS
},\n\
3881 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL
\n\
3882 if
-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.
\n\
3883 The RTL if
-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations
\n\
3884 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and
\n\
3885 @code
{mov@var
{mode
}cc
} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the
\n\
3886 unconditional instructions and the @code
{mov@var
{mode
}cc
} insns.
\n\
3887 RTL if
-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence
\n\
3888 is greater than the value returned by this hook.
\n\
3890 @code
{e
} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional
\n\
3891 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition
\n\
3894 The default implementation of this hook uses the
\n\
3895 @code
{max
-rtl
-if
-conversion
-[un
]predictable
} parameters if they are set
,\n\
3896 and uses a multiple of @code
{BRANCH_COST
} otherwise.
",
3897 unsigned int, (edge e),
3898 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3900 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3901 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3903 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3904 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code
{seq
} is a good
\n\
3905 candidate as a replacement for the if
-convertible sequence described in
\n\
3907 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3908 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3910 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3913 (new_address_profitable_p,
3914 "Return @code
{true
} if it is profitable to replace the address in
\n\
3915 @var
{memref
} with @var
{new_addr
}. This allows targets to prevent the
\n\
3916 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the
\n\
3917 memref is @var
{insn
}. The default implementation returns @code
{true
}.
",
3918 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3919 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3922 (estimated_poly_value,
3923 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var
{val
}, for use in
\n\
3924 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var
{kind
} is used
\n\
3925 to ask for the minimum
, maximum
, and likely estimates of the value through
\n\
3926 the @code
{POLY_VALUE_MIN
}, @code
{POLY_VALUE_MAX
} and
\n\
3927 @code
{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY
} values. The default
\n\
3928 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var
{val
}.
",
3929 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3930 default_estimated_poly_value)
3932 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3935 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3936 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow
\n\
3937 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets
\n\
3938 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without
\n\
3939 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance
,\n\
3940 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of
\n\
3941 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable
\n\
3942 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.
",
3944 hook_bool_void_false)
3946 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3948 (allocate_initial_value,
3950 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo
\n\
3951 register
, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register
\n\
3952 to this pseudo register
, because the original hard register or a stack slot
\n\
3953 it has been saved into can be used. @code
{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
}\n\
3954 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register
\n\
3955 that had its initial value copied by using
\n\
3956 @code
{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val
} or @code
{get_hard_reg_initial_val
}.
\n\
3957 Possible values are @code
{NULL_RTX
}, if you don
't want\n\
3958 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3959 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3961 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3962 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3963 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3964 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3965 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3966 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3968 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3970 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3971 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.cc: may_trap_p_1. */
3974 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3975 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3976 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3977 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3978 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3980 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3981 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3983 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3984 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3985 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3986 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3987 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3988 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3990 (dwarf_register_span,
3991 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3992 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3993 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3994 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3995 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3996 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
4000 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
4003 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
4004 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
4005 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
4006 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
4007 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
4008 machine_mode, (int regno),
4009 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
4011 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
4012 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
4013 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
4014 code, given the address of the table. */
4016 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
4017 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
4018 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
4019 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
4020 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
4021 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
4022 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
4023 void, (tree address),
4026 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
4027 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
4028 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
4029 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
4030 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
4031 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
4032 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
4034 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
4035 "On targets which use a hard\n\
4036 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
4037 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
4038 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
4039 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
4040 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
4041 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
4042 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
4043 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
4044 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
4046 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4047 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4048 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4050 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4051 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4052 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4053 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4056 (cc_modes_compatible,
4057 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4058 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4059 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4060 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4061 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4062 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4064 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4065 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4066 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4067 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4068 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4070 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4071 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4073 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4074 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4075 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4076 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4078 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4079 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4080 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4081 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4083 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4084 definition is null.",
4087 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4089 (build_builtin_va_list,
4090 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4091 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4093 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4095 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4098 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4099 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4100 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4101 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4103 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4104 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4106 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4107 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4108 macro to iterate through all types.",
4109 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4112 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4115 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4117 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4118 tree, (tree fndecl),
4121 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4123 (canonical_va_list_type,
4124 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4125 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4128 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4130 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4132 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4133 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4134 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4136 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4138 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4139 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4140 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4141 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4142 @code{gimplify.cc:gimplify_expr}.",
4143 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4144 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4146 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4147 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4148 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4149 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4150 or an error message if not. */
4153 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4154 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4155 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4156 void *, (size_t *sz),
4157 default_get_pch_validity)
4161 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4162 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4163 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4164 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4166 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4167 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4168 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the
\n\
4169 compiler
, so no format checking is needed.
\n\
4171 The default definition of @code
{default_pch_valid_p
} should be
\n\
4172 suitable for most targets.
",
4173 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4174 default_pch_valid_p)
4178 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some
\n\
4179 garbage
-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads
,\n\
4180 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need
\n\
4181 to do anything here.
",
4185 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4186 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4187 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4189 (check_pch_target_flags,
4190 "If this hook is nonnull
, the default implementation of
\n\
4191 @code
{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
} will use it to check for compatible values
\n\
4192 of @code
{target_flags
}. @var
{pch_flags
} specifies the value that
\n\
4193 @code
{target_flags
} had when the PCH file was created. The return
\n\
4194 value is the same as for @code
{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
}.
",
4195 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4197 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4198 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4201 (default_short_enums,
4202 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an
\n\
4203 @code
{enum
} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range
\n\
4204 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all
\n\
4205 @code
{enum
} types should be allocated like @code
{int
}.
\n\
4207 The default is to return false.
",
4209 hook_bool_void_false)
4211 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4212 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4214 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4215 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store
\n\
4216 the address of the current frame into the built in @code
{setjmp
} buffer.
\n\
4217 The default value
, @code
{virtual_stack_vars_rtx
}, is correct for most
\n\
4218 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if
\n\
4219 @code
{hard_frame_pointer_rtx
} is the appropriate value on your machine.
",
4221 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4223 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4224 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4227 "This target hook may add @dfn
{clobbers
} to @var
{clobbers
} and
\n\
4228 @var
{clobbered_regs
} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically
\n\
4229 clobber for an asm. The @var
{outputs
} and @var
{inputs
} may be inspected
\n\
4230 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm. @var
{loc
}\n\
4231 is the source location of the asm.
\n\
4233 It may modify the @var
{outputs
}, @var
{inputs
}, @var
{input_modes
}, and
\n\
4234 @var
{constraints
} as necessary for other pre
-processing. In this case the
\n\
4235 return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm. Note that
\n\
4236 changes to @var
{inputs
} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes
\n\
4237 to @var
{input_modes
}.
",
4239 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes,
4240 vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers,
4241 HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs, location_t loc),
4244 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4245 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4246 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4247 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4248 the function is being declared as an int. */
4250 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4251 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code
{DW_AT_calling_convention
} to
\n\
4252 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum
\n\
4253 value for the @code
{DW_CC_
} tag.
",
4254 int, (const_tree function),
4255 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4257 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4258 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4259 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4260 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4262 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4263 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4265 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4266 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame
-related insns that
\n\
4267 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF
2 call frame debugging
\n\
4268 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form
\n\
4270 (set (reg
) (unspec
[@dots
{}] UNSPEC_INDEX
))\n\
4271 @end smallexample
\n\
4274 (set (reg
) (unspec_volatile
[@dots
{}] UNSPECV_INDEX
)).
\n\
4275 @end smallexample
\n\
4276 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var
{label
} is
\n\
4277 the CFI label attached to the insn
, @var
{pattern
} is the pattern of
\n\
4278 the insn and @var
{index
} is @code
{UNSPEC_INDEX
} or @code
{UNSPECV_INDEX
}.
",
4279 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4282 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4283 "Express the value of @code
{poly_int
} indeterminate @var
{i
} as a DWARF
\n\
4284 expression
, with @var
{i
} counting from
1. Return the number of a DWARF
\n\
4285 register @var
{R
} and set @samp
{*@var
{factor
}} and @samp
{*@var
{offset
}} such
\n\
4286 that the value of the indeterminate is
:\n\
4288 value_of(@var
{R
}) / @var
{factor
} - @var
{offset
}\n\
4289 @end smallexample
\n\
4291 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets
\n\
4292 @samp
{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS
} to a value greater than
1.
",
4293 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4294 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4296 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4298 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4299 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4300 from @code
{VA_ARG_EXPR
}. @var
{stmt
} is the statement. Returns true if\
4301 the statement doesn
't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4302 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4304 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4305 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4306 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4308 (stack_protect_guard,
4309 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4310 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4311 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4312 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4313 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4315 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4316 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4318 default_stack_protect_guard)
4320 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4321 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4323 (stack_protect_fail,
4324 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4325 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4326 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4328 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4329 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4330 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4332 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4334 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4335 protector runtime support. */
4337 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4338 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support
,\n\
4339 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.
",
4341 hook_bool_void_true)
4344 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4345 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for
\n\
4346 @code
{__builtin_speculation_safe_value
}. If called with an argument
\n\
4347 of false
, it returns true if the target has been modified to support
\n\
4348 this builtin. If called with an argument of true
, it returns true
\n\
4349 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.
\n\
4351 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define
\n\
4352 a pattern named @code
{speculation_barrier
}. Else it returns true
\n\
4353 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current
\n\
4354 compilation for the second case.
\n\
4356 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions
\n\
4357 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available
:\n\
4358 simply redefine this hook to @code
{speculation_safe_value_not_needed
}\n\
4359 along with your other target hooks.
",
4360 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4363 (speculation_safe_value,
4364 "This target hook can be used to generate a target
-specific code
\n\
4365 sequence that implements the @code
{__builtin_speculation_safe_value
}\n\
4366 built
-in function. The function must always return @var
{val
} in
\n\
4367 @var
{result
} in mode @var
{mode
} when the cpu is not executing
\n\
4368 speculatively
, but must never return that when speculating until it
\n\
4369 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports
\n\
4370 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first
\n\
4371 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait
\n\
4372 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved
; the second
\n\
4373 is to use a target
-specific mechanism that can track the speculation
\n\
4374 state and to return @var
{failval
} if it can determine that
\n\
4375 speculation must be unwound at a later time.
\n\
4377 The default implementation simply copies @var
{val
} to @var
{result
} and
\n\
4378 emits a @code
{speculation_barrier
} instruction if that is defined.
",
4379 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4380 default_speculation_safe_value)
4384 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low
-overhead loop
\n\
4385 for a particular loop. The parameter @var
{loop
} is a pointer to the loop.
\n\
4386 This target hook is required only when the target supports low
-overhead
\n\
4387 loops
, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.
\n\
4388 The default version of this hook returns false.
",
4389 bool, (class loop *loop),
4390 default_predict_doloop_p)
4393 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4394 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement
\n\
4396 The default value is false.
",
4400 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4401 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs
, we can
\n\
4402 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by
\n\
4403 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have
\n\
4404 hardware count register support for decrement and branch
, it may have to
\n\
4405 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register
\n\
4406 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes
\n\
4407 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for
\n\
4408 this especially for generic IV uses.
\n\
4409 The default value is zero.
",
4413 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4414 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs
, we can
\n\
4415 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by
\n\
4416 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have
\n\
4417 hardware count register support for decrement and branch
, it may have to
\n\
4418 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register
\n\
4419 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes
\n\
4420 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for
\n\
4421 this escpecially for address IV uses.
\n\
4422 The default value is zero.
",
4427 "Return true if it is possible to use low
-overhead
loops (@code
{doloop_end
}\n\
4428 and @code
{doloop_begin
}) for a particular loop. @var
{iterations
} gives the
\n\
4429 exact number of iterations
, or
0 if not known. @var
{iterations_max
} gives
\n\
4430 the maximum number of iterations
, or
0 if not known. @var
{loop_depth
} is
\n\
4431 the nesting depth of the loop
, with
1 for innermost loops
, 2 for loops that
\n\
4432 contain innermost loops
, and so on. @var
{entered_at_top
} is true if the
\n\
4433 loop is only entered from the top.
\n\
4435 This hook is only used if @code
{doloop_end
} is available. The default
\n\
4436 implementation returns true. You can use @code
{can_use_doloop_if_innermost
}\n\
4437 if the loop must be the innermost
, and if there are no other restrictions.
",
4438 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4439 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4440 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4442 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4443 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4445 (invalid_within_doloop,
4447 Take an instruction in @var
{insn
} and return NULL if it is valid within a
\n\
4448 low
-overhead loop
, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop
\n\
4449 could not be applied.
\n\
4451 Many targets use special registers for low
-overhead looping. For any
\n\
4452 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating
\n\
4453 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.
\n\
4454 By default
, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for
\n\
4455 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.
",
4456 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4457 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4459 /* Returns the machine mode which the target prefers for doloop IV. */
4461 (preferred_doloop_mode,
4462 "This hook takes a @var
{mode
} for a doloop IV
, where @code
{mode
} is the
\n\
4463 original mode for the operation. If the target prefers an alternate
\n\
4464 @code
{mode
} for the operation
, then this hook should return that mode
;\n\
4465 otherwise the original @code
{mode
} should be returned. For example
, on a
\n\
4466 64-bit target
, @code
{DImode
} might be preferred over @code
{SImode
}. Both the
\n\
4467 original and the returned modes should be @code
{MODE_INT
}.
",
4469 (machine_mode mode),
4470 default_preferred_doloop_mode)
4472 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4474 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4475 "Take an instruction in @var
{insn
} and return @code
{false
} if the instruction
\n\
4476 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The
\n\
4477 default is to accept all instructions.
",
4478 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4479 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4482 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4483 "@var
{decl
} is a variable or function with @code
{__attribute__((dllimport
))}\n\
4484 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation
\n\
4485 checks to @code
{handle_dll_attribute
}.
",
4486 bool, (const_tree decl),
4487 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4489 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4493 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize
\n\
4494 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that
\n\
4495 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant
\n\
4496 is computed from this register using immediate addition or
\n\
4497 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of
\n\
4498 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the
\n\
4499 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new
\n\
4500 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and
\n\
4501 down to a multiple of the value of @code
{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
}.
\n\
4502 @code
{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
} should be the maximum positive value
\n\
4503 accepted by immediate
-add plus one. We currently assume that the
\n\
4504 value of @code
{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
} is a power of
2. For example
, on
\n\
4505 MIPS
, where add
-immediate takes a
16-bit signed value
,\n\
4506 @code
{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
} is set to @samp
{0x8000}. The default value
\n\
4507 is zero
, which disables this optimization.
",
4508 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4510 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4513 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific
\n\
4514 memory model bits are allowed.
",
4515 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4517 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4518 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4519 supported by the target. */
4521 (asan_shadow_offset,
4522 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
\n\
4523 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not
\n\
4524 supported by the target. May return
0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported
\n\
4526 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4529 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4530 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4531 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4534 (promote_function_mode,
4535 "Like @code
{PROMOTE_MODE
}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or
\n\
4536 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode
\n\
4537 and possibly change @code
{*@var
{punsignedp
}} if the promotion should
\n\
4538 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph
{or
\n\
4541 @var
{for_return
} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and
\n\
4542 return values. If it is @code
{1}, a return value is being promoted and
\n\
4543 @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
} must perform the same promotions done here.
\n\
4544 If it is @code
{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in
\n\
4545 which an incoming parameter is copied
, or the outgoing result is computed
;\n\
4546 then the hook should return the same mode as @code
{promote_mode
}, though
\n\
4547 the signedness may be different.
\n\
4549 @var
{type
} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.
\n\
4551 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can
\n\
4552 also define the hook to @code
{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote
}\n\
4553 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code
{PROMOTE_MODE
}.
",
4554 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4555 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4556 default_promote_function_mode)
4559 (promote_prototypes,
4560 "This target hook returns @code
{true
} if an argument declared in a
\n\
4561 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code
{int
} should actually be
\n\
4562 passed as an @code
{int
}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain
\n\
4563 cases of mismatch
, it also makes for better code on certain machines.
\n\
4564 The default is to not promote prototypes.
",
4565 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4566 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4570 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value
\n\
4571 address (normally a @code
{mem
} or @code
{reg
}), or
0 if the address is
\n\
4572 passed as an ``invisible
'' first argument. Note that @var
{fndecl
} may
\n\
4573 be @code
{NULL
}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target
\n\
4574 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible
'' first
\n\
4577 On some architectures the place where the structure value address
\n\
4578 is found by the called function is not the same place that the
\n\
4579 caller put it. This can be due to register windows
, or it could
\n\
4580 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.
\n\
4581 @var
{incoming
} is @code
{1} or @code
{2} when the location is needed in
\n\
4582 the context of the called function
, and @code
{0} in the context of
\n\
4585 If @var
{incoming
} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the
\n\
4586 stack
, return a @code
{mem
} which refers to the frame pointer. If
\n\
4587 @var
{incoming
} is @code
{2}, the result is being used to fetch the
\n\
4588 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need
\n\
4589 to emit adjusting code
, you should do it at this point.
",
4590 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4591 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4594 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4595 "Normally
, when a function returns a structure by memory
, the address
\n\
4596 is passed as an invisible pointer argument
, but the compiler also
\n\
4597 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal
\n\
4598 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is
\n\
4599 undesirable on your target.
",
4604 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the
\n\
4605 function value in memory
, just as large structures are always returned.
\n\
4606 Here @var
{type
} will be the data type of the value
, and @var
{fntype
}\n\
4607 will be the type of the function doing the returning
, or @code
{NULL
} for
\n\
4610 Note that values of mode @code
{BLKmode
} must be explicitly handled
\n\
4611 by this function. Also
, the option @option
{-fpcc
-struct
-return
}\n\
4612 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems
, it is
\n\
4613 possible to leave the hook undefined
; this causes a default
\n\
4614 definition to be used
, whose value is the constant
1 for @code
{BLKmode
}\n\
4615 values
, and
0 otherwise.
\n\
4617 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always
\n\
4618 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code
{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
}\n\
4620 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4621 default_return_in_memory)
4625 "This hook should return true if values of type @var
{type
} are returned
\n\
4626 at the most significant end of a
register (in other words
, if they are
\n\
4627 padded at the least significant end
). You can assume that @var
{type
}\n\
4628 is returned in a register
; the caller is required to check this.
\n\
4630 Note that the register provided by @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
} must
\n\
4631 be able to hold the complete return value. For example
, if a
1-, 2-\n\
4632 or
3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a
\n\
4633 4-byte register
, @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
} should provide an
\n\
4634 @code
{SImode
} rtx.
",
4635 bool, (const_tree type),
4636 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4638 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4639 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4640 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4643 "This target hook should return @code
{true
} if argument @var
{arg
} at the
\n\
4644 position indicated by @var
{cum
} should be passed by reference. This
\n\
4645 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being
\n\
4646 passed by reference
, such as @code
{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var
{arg
}.type
)}.
\n\
4648 If the hook returns true
, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a
\n\
4649 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.
\n\
4650 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer
\n\
4653 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4654 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4657 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4658 "If defined
, this hook produces the machine
-specific code for a call to
\n\
4659 @code
{__builtin_saveregs
}. This code will be moved to the very
\n\
4660 beginning of the function
, before any parameter access are made. The
\n\
4661 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value
\n\
4662 to use as the return of @code
{__builtin_saveregs
}.
",
4664 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4666 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4668 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4669 "This target hook offers an alternative to using
\n\
4670 @code
{__builtin_saveregs
} and defining the hook
\n\
4671 @code
{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
}. Use it to store the anonymous
\n\
4672 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to
\n\
4673 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done
, you can
\n\
4674 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that
\n\
4675 pass all their arguments on the stack.
\n\
4677 The argument @var
{args_so_far
} points to the @code
{CUMULATIVE_ARGS
} data
\n\
4678 structure
, containing the values that are obtained after processing the
\n\
4679 named arguments. The argument @var
{arg
} describes the last of these named
\n\
4682 The target hook should do two things
: first
, push onto the stack all the
\n\
4683 argument registers @emph
{not
} used for the named arguments
, and second
,\n\
4684 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code
{int
}-valued
\n\
4685 variable pointed to by @var
{pretend_args_size
}. The value that you
\n\
4686 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack
\n\
4689 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at
\n\
4690 compile time without knowing their data types
,\n\
4691 @code
{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
} is only useful on machines that
\n\
4692 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly
\n\
4693 for all data types.
\n\
4695 If the argument @var
{second_time
} is nonzero
, it means that the
\n\
4696 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This
\n\
4697 happens for an inline function
, which is not actually compiled until the
\n\
4698 end of the source file. The hook @code
{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
} should
\n\
4699 not generate any instructions in this case.
",
4700 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4701 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4702 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4706 "While generating RTL for a function call
, this target hook is invoked once
\n\
4707 for each argument passed to the function
, either a register returned by
\n\
4708 @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
} or a memory location. It is called just
\n\
4709 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the
\n\
4710 function to be called is also passed as the second argument
; it is
\n\
4711 @code
{NULL_TREE
} for libcalls. The @code
{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS
} hook is
\n\
4712 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.
\n\
4713 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument
\n\
4714 registers if a target needs it.
\n\
4715 For functions without arguments
, the hook is called once with @code
{pc_rtx
}\n\
4716 passed instead of an argument register.
\n\
4717 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.
",
4723 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call
,\n\
4724 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It
\n\
4725 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just
\n\
4726 emitted call are now no longer in use.
\n\
4727 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.
",
4733 "This target hook returns @code
{true
} if push instructions will be
\n\
4734 used to pass outgoing arguments. When the push instruction usage is
\n\
4735 optional
, @var
{npush
} is nonzero to indicate the number of bytes to
\n\
4736 push. Otherwise
, @var
{npush
} is zero. If the target machine does not
\n\
4737 have a push instruction or push instruction should be avoided
,\n\
4738 @code
{false
} should be returned. That directs GCC to use an alternate
\n\
4739 strategy
: to allocate the entire argument block and then store the
\n\
4740 arguments into it. If this target hook may return @code
{true
},\n\
4741 @code
{PUSH_ROUNDING
} must be defined.
",
4742 bool, (unsigned int npush),
4743 default_push_argument)
4746 (strict_argument_naming,
4747 "Define this hook to return @code
{true
} if the location where a function
\n\
4748 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.
\n\
4750 This hook controls how the @var
{named
} argument to @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
}\n\
4751 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns
\n\
4752 @code
{true
}, the @var
{named
} argument is always true for named
\n\
4753 arguments
, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code
{false
},\n\
4754 but @code
{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
} returns @code
{true
},\n\
4755 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise
, all named arguments
\n\
4756 except the last are treated as named.
\n\
4758 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code
{false
}.
",
4759 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4760 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4762 /* Returns true if we should use
4763 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4764 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4766 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4767 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with
\n\
4768 @code
{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
}, but the other works like neither
\n\
4769 @code
{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
} nor @code
{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
} was
\n\
4770 defined
, then define this hook to return @code
{true
} if
\n\
4771 @code
{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
} is used
, @code
{false
} otherwise.
\n\
4772 Otherwise
, you should not define this hook.
",
4773 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4774 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4776 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4777 should be passed as two scalars. */
4780 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var
{type
} are passed
\n\
4781 as two scalar parameters. By default
, GCC will attempt to pack complex
\n\
4782 arguments into the target
's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4783 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4784 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4785 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4788 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4790 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4792 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4793 but must be passed on the stack. */
4794 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4795 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4797 (must_pass_in_stack,
4798 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4799 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4800 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4802 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4803 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4805 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4806 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4807 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4810 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4811 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4812 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4815 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4816 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4817 not be generated.\n\
4819 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4821 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4822 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4824 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4825 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4826 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4829 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4830 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4831 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4832 pushed on the stack.\n\
4834 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4835 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4836 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4837 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4838 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4839 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4840 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4842 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4843 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4844 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4845 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4846 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4848 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4849 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4852 (function_arg_advance,
4853 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4854 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4855 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4856 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4858 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4859 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4860 used for arguments without any special help.",
4862 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4863 default_function_arg_advance)
4866 (function_arg_offset,
4867 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4868 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4869 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4870 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4871 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4872 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4873 default_function_arg_offset)
4876 (function_arg_padding,
4877 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4878 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4879 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4880 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4882 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4883 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4884 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4886 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4887 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4888 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4889 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4890 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4891 default_function_arg_padding)
4893 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4894 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4895 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4899 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4900 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4901 the previous arguments.\n\
4903 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4904 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4907 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4908 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4909 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4910 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4911 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4912 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4913 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4914 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4915 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4916 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4917 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4918 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4919 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4921 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4922 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4923 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4925 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4926 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4927 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4928 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4929 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4930 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4932 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4933 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4934 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4935 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4936 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4937 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4938 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4939 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4941 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4942 default_function_arg)
4945 (function_incoming_arg,
4946 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4947 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4948 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4949 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4951 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4952 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4953 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4954 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4957 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4958 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4959 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4961 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4962 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4963 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4964 default_function_incoming_arg)
4967 (function_arg_boundary,
4968 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4969 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4970 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4971 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4972 default_function_arg_boundary)
4975 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4976 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4977 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4978 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4980 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4981 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4983 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4984 is not allowed for this 'val
' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4986 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4987 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4988 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4989 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4990 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4991 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4993 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4994 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4998 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4999 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
5000 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
5001 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
5002 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
5003 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
5004 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
5005 a function returns a value.\n\
5007 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
5008 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
5009 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
5010 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
5011 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
5012 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
5013 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
5014 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
5015 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
5016 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
5017 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
5018 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
5020 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
5021 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
5022 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
5024 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
5025 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
5026 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
5027 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
5030 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
5031 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
5032 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
5033 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
5035 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
5036 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
5037 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
5038 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5039 default_function_value)
5041 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5042 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5045 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5046 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5048 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5049 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5050 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5052 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5053 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5054 default_libcall_value)
5056 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5057 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5059 (function_value_regno_p,
5060 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5061 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5063 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5064 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5065 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5067 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5068 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5069 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
\n\
5071 If this hook is not defined
, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.
",
5072 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5073 default_function_value_regno_p)
5077 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var
{type
}; see the
\n\
5078 definition of @code
{predefined_function_abi
} for details of the ABI
\n\
5079 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support
\n\
5080 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.
",
5081 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5086 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of
\n\
5087 call instruction @var
{insn
}; see the definition of
\n\
5088 @code
{predefined_function_abi
} for details of the ABI descriptor.
\n\
5089 Only the global function @code
{insn_callee_abi
} should call this hook
\n\
5092 Targets only need to define this hook if they support
\n\
5093 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.
",
5094 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5097 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5099 (internal_arg_pointer,
5100 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5103 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5105 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5107 (update_stack_boundary,
5108 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if
\n\
5112 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5113 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5116 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument
Pointer (DRAP
) if a
\n\
5117 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function
's\n\
5118 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5122 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5124 (zero_call_used_regs,
5125 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5126 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5127 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5129 For most targets, the returned set of registers is a subset of\n\
5130 @var{selected_regs}, however, for some of the targets (for example MIPS),\n\
5131 clearing some registers that are in the @var{selected_regs} requires\n\
5132 clearing other call used registers that are not in the @var{selected_regs},\n\
5133 under such situation, the returned set of registers must be a subset of all\n\
5134 call used registers.\n\
5136 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5137 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5138 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5139 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5140 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5141 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5142 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5144 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5147 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5148 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5149 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5150 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5151 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5152 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5153 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5154 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5155 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5157 hook_bool_void_true)
5159 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5160 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5163 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5164 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5165 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5166 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5167 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5169 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5171 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5172 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5173 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5174 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5175 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5176 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5177 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5178 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5179 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5180 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5181 to refer to those items.",
5182 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5183 default_static_chain)
5185 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5186 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5189 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5190 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5191 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5192 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5193 when it is called.\n\
5195 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5196 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5197 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5198 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5199 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5200 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5202 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5203 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5204 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5205 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5206 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5207 default_trampoline_init)
5209 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5211 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5212 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5213 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5214 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5215 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5217 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5218 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5219 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5220 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5221 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5222 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5224 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5226 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5227 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5228 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5229 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5230 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5231 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5232 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5233 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5234 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5237 (custom_function_descriptors,
5238 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested
\n\
5239 functions
, define this hook to a power of
2 representing an unused bit
\n\
5240 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at
\n\
5241 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor
\n\
5242 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example
, on
\n\
5243 targets that require functions to be aligned to a
4-byte boundary
, a
\n\
5244 value of either
1 or
2 is appropriate unless the architecture already
\n\
5245 reserves the bit for another purpose
, such as on ARM.
\n\
5247 Define this hook to
0 if the target implements ABI support for
\n\
5248 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence
, like for example
\n\
5251 Using descriptors for nested functions
\n\
5252 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require
\n\
5253 it to be made executable.
",
5256 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5257 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5258 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5259 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5262 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that
\n\
5263 a function pops on returning
, or
0 if the function pops no arguments
\n\
5264 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.
\n\
5266 @var
{fundecl
} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes
\n\
5267 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type
\n\
5268 @code
{FUNCTION_DECL
} that describes the declaration of the function.
\n\
5269 From this you can obtain the @code
{DECL_ATTRIBUTES
} of the function.
\n\
5271 @var
{funtype
} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that
\n\
5272 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type
\n\
5273 @code
{FUNCTION_TYPE
} that describes the data type of the function.
\n\
5274 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and
\n\
5275 arguments (if known
).
\n\
5277 When a call to a library function is being considered
, @var
{fundecl
}\n\
5278 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus
, if
\n\
5279 you need to distinguish among various library functions
, you can do so
\n\
5280 by their names. Note that ``library function
'' in this context means
\n\
5281 a function used to perform arithmetic
, whose name is known specially
\n\
5282 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.
\n\
5284 @var
{size
} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the
\n\
5285 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed
, it is zero
, and
\n\
5286 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.
\n\
5288 On the VAX
, all functions always pop their arguments
, so the definition
\n\
5289 of this macro is @var
{size
}. On the
68000, using the standard
\n\
5290 calling convention
, no functions pop their arguments
, so the value of
\n\
5291 the macro is always
0 in this case. But an alternative calling
\n\
5292 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of
\n\
5293 arguments pop them but other
functions (such as @code
{printf
}) pop
\n\
5294 nothing (the caller pops all
). When this convention is in use
,\n\
5295 @var
{funtype
} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed
\n\
5296 number of arguments.
",
5297 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5298 default_return_pops_args)
5300 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5303 (get_raw_result_mode,
5304 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return
\n\
5305 registers in @code
{__builtin_return
}. Define this macro if the value
\n\
5306 in @var
{reg_raw_mode
} is not correct.
",
5307 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5308 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5310 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5314 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument
\n\
5315 registers in @code
{__builtin_apply_args
}. Define this macro if the value
\n\
5316 in @var
{reg_raw_mode
} is not correct.
",
5317 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5318 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5320 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5323 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default
\n\
5324 is to return @code
{false
}.
",
5325 bool, (const_tree type),
5326 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5328 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5330 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5331 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing
\n\
5333 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5334 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5336 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5339 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5340 "This hook should return
1 in case pseudo register should be created
\n\
5341 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.
",
5343 hook_bool_void_false)
5347 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.
\n\
5348 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.
",
5352 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5353 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5355 (invalid_conversion,
5356 "If defined
, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is
\n\
5357 invalid to convert from @var
{fromtype
} to @var
{totype
}, or @code
{NULL
}\n\
5358 if validity should be determined by the front end.
",
5359 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5360 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5362 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5363 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5366 "If defined
, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is
\n\
5367 invalid to apply operation @var
{op
} (where unary plus is denoted by
\n\
5368 @code
{CONVERT_EXPR
}) to an operand of type @var
{type
}, or @code
{NULL
}\n\
5369 if validity should be determined by the front end.
",
5370 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5371 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5373 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5374 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5377 "If defined
, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is
\n\
5378 invalid to apply operation @var
{op
} to operands of types @var
{type1
}\n\
5379 and @var
{type2
}, or @code
{NULL
} if validity should be determined by
\n\
5381 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5382 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5384 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5385 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5386 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5389 "If defined
, this target hook returns the type to which values of
\n\
5390 @var
{type
} should be promoted when they appear in expressions
,\n\
5391 analogous to the integer promotions
, or @code
{NULL_TREE
} to use the
\n\
5392 front end
's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5393 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5394 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5395 tree, (const_tree type),
5396 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5398 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5399 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5400 the standard conversion rules. */
5403 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5404 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5405 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.
\n\
5406 This hook is useful when there are target
-specific types with special
\n\
5407 conversion rules.
\n\
5408 This is currently used only by the C and C
++ front ends.
",
5409 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5410 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5413 (verify_type_context,
5414 "If defined
, this hook returns false if there is a target
-specific reason
\n\
5415 why type @var
{type
} cannot be used in the source language context described
\n\
5416 by @var
{context
}. When @var
{silent_p
} is false
, the hook also reports an
\n\
5417 error against @var
{loc
} for invalid uses of @var
{type
}.
\n\
5419 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function
\n\
5420 @code
{verify_type_context
}, which makes the @var
{silent_p
} parameter
\n\
5421 default to false and also handles @code
{error_mark_node
}.
\n\
5423 The default implementation always returns true.
",
5424 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5429 (can_change_mode_class,
5430 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in
\n\
5431 registers of class @var
{rclass
} from mode @var
{from
} to mode @var
{to
}\n\
5432 and if doing so preserves the low
-order bits that are common to both modes.
\n\
5433 The result is only meaningful if @var
{rclass
} has registers that can hold
\n\
5434 both @code
{from
} and @code
{to
}. The default implementation returns true.
\n\
5436 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid
, loading
32-bit integer or
\n\
5437 floating
-point objects into floating
-point registers on Alpha extends them
\n\
5438 to
64 bits. Therefore loading a
64-bit object and then storing it as a
\n\
5439 32-bit object does not store the low
-order
32 bits
, as would be the case
\n\
5440 for a normal register. Therefore
, @file
{alpha.h
} defines
\n\
5441 @code
{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
} to return
:\n\
5444 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from
) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to
)\n\
5445 ||
!reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS
, rclass
))\n\
5446 @end smallexample
\n\
5448 Even if storing from a register in mode @var
{to
} would be valid
,\n\
5449 if both @var
{from
} and @code
{raw_reg_mode
} for @var
{rclass
} are wider
\n\
5450 than @code
{word_mode
}, then we must prevent @var
{to
} narrowing the
\n\
5451 mode. This happens when the middle
-end assumes that it can load
\n\
5452 or store pieces of an @var
{N
}-word pseudo
, and that the pseudo will
\n\
5453 eventually be allocated to @var
{N
} @code
{word_mode
} hard registers.
\n\
5454 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the
\n\
5455 entire @code
{raw_reg_mode
} being modified instead of the partial
\n\
5456 value that the middle
-end intended.
",
5457 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5458 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5460 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5462 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5463 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from
\n\
5464 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.
\n\
5466 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.
",
5467 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5468 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5470 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5473 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.
\n\
5475 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports
\n\
5476 should use LRA
, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.
",
5480 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5483 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the
\n\
5484 register @var
{hard_regno
} belongs to. The bigger the number
, the
\n\
5485 more preferable the hard register
usage (when all other conditions are
\n\
5486 the same
). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over
\n\
5487 others in LRA. For example
, some x86
-64 register usage needs
\n\
5488 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can
\n\
5489 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable
\n\
5490 and as result making the generated code smaller.
\n\
5492 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.
",
5494 default_register_priority)
5496 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5498 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5499 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.
\n\
5500 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the
\n\
5501 assignment
, we choose the least used hard register. The register
\n\
5502 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don
't use the\n\
5503 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\n\
5504 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\n\
5507 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5509 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5511 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5513 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5514 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\n\
5515 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\n\
5516 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\n\
5519 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5521 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5523 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5524 instead of memory. */
5527 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\n\
5528 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\n\
5529 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\n\
5530 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5531 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5534 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5536 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5537 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\n\
5538 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\n\
5539 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\n\
5540 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\n\
5541 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\n\
5542 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5543 bool, (reg_class_t),
5544 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5548 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\n\
5549 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\n\
5550 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\n\
5551 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\n\
5553 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5554 default_cstore_mode)
5556 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5559 (compute_pressure_classes,
5560 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\n\
5561 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\n\
5562 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\n\
5563 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5564 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5566 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5567 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5569 (member_type_forces_blk,
5570 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5571 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5573 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5574 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5575 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to
\n\
5576 retain the field
's mode.\n\
5578 Normally, this is not needed.",
5579 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5580 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5582 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.cc:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5583 that gate the divod transform. */
5585 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5586 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5587 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5588 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5591 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5594 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5595 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5596 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5597 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5598 term 'intermediate register
' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5599 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5600 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5601 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5602 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5603 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5604 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5605 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5607 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5608 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5609 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5610 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5611 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5612 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5613 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5614 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5615 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5616 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5618 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5620 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5621 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5622 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5623 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5624 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5626 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5627 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5628 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5629 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5630 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5631 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5633 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5634 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5635 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5636 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5637 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5639 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5640 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5641 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5642 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5643 single-register-class\n\
5644 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5645 output constraint.\n\
5647 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5648 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5649 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5650 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5652 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi
-alternative reload patterns
-\n\
5653 @c the port maintainer could name a mov
<mode
> pattern that has clobbers
-\n\
5654 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required
\n\
5655 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match
\n\
5656 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class
\n\
5657 @c constraints
, or we need a new target macro
/ hook that tells us if an
\n\
5658 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.
\n\
5659 @c Such a macro
/ hook would also be useful in other places.
]\n\
5662 @var
{x
} might be a pseudo
-register or a @code
{subreg
} of a
\n\
5663 pseudo
-register
, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
\n\
5664 Use @code
{true_regnum
} to find out
; it will return @minus
{}1 if the pseudo is
\n\
5665 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
\n\
5667 Scratch operands in
memory (constraint @code
{\"=m
\"} / @code
{\"=&m
\"}) are
\n\
5668 currently not supported. For the time being
, you will have to continue
\n\
5669 to use @code
{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
} for that purpose.
\n\
5671 @code
{copy_cost
} also uses this target hook to find out how values are
\n\
5672 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate
\n\
5673 (a
) scratch
register(s
), set @code
{sri
->extra_cost
} to the additional cost.
\n\
5674 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum
\n\
5675 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and
/or special
\n\
5676 forwarding logic
, you can set @code
{sri
->extra_cost
} to a negative amount.
",
5678 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5679 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5680 default_secondary_reload)
5683 (secondary_memory_needed,
5684 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied
\n\
5685 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on
\n\
5686 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var
{m
} in registers
\n\
5687 of @var
{class1
} can only be copied to registers of class @var
{class2
} by
\n\
5688 storing a register of @var
{class1
} into memory and loading that memory
\n\
5689 location into a register of @var
{class2
}. The default definition returns
\n\
5690 false for all inputs.
",
5691 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5692 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5695 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5696 "If @code
{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
} tells the compiler to use memory
\n\
5697 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var
{mode
},\n\
5698 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.
\n\
5700 The default depends on @code
{TARGET_LRA_P
}. Without LRA
, the default
\n\
5701 is to use a word
-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a
\n\
5702 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures
\n\
5703 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the
\n\
5704 registers in a narrower mode
, which some machines prohibit for
\n\
5705 floating
-point registers.
\n\
5707 However
, this default behavior is not correct on some machines
, such as
\n\
5708 the
DEC Alpha
, that store short integers in floating
-point registers
\n\
5709 differently than in integer registers. On those machines
, the default
\n\
5710 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to
\n\
5711 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file
{alpha.cc
} for
\n\
5714 With LRA
, the default is to use @var
{mode
} unmodified.
",
5715 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5716 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5718 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5719 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5721 (preferred_reload_class,
5722 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class
\n\
5723 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var
{x
} into a register in class
\n\
5724 @var
{rclass
}. The value is a register class
; perhaps @var
{rclass
}, or perhaps
\n\
5725 another
, smaller class.
\n\
5727 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code
{rclass
} argument.
\n\
5729 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For
\n\
5730 example
, on the
68000, when @var
{x
} is an integer constant that is in range
\n\
5731 for a @samp
{moveq
} instruction
, the value of this macro is always
\n\
5732 @code
{DATA_REGS
} as long as @var
{rclass
} includes the data registers.
\n\
5733 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp
{moveq
} will be used.
\n\
5735 One case where @code
{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
} must not return
\n\
5736 @var
{rclass
} is if @var
{x
} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
\n\
5737 loaded into some register class. By returning @code
{NO_REGS
} you can
\n\
5738 force @var
{x
} into a memory location. For example
, rs6000 can load
\n\
5739 immediate values into general
-purpose registers
, but does not have an
\n\
5740 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating
-point
\n\
5741 register
, so @code
{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
} returns @code
{NO_REGS
} when
\n\
5742 @var
{x
} is a floating
-point constant. If the constant can
't be loaded\n\
5743 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5744 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5745 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5747 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5748 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5749 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5750 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5751 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5752 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5754 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5755 default_preferred_reload_class)
5757 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5760 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5761 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5764 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5767 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5768 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5770 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5771 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5774 (select_early_remat_modes,
5775 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5776 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5777 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5778 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.
\n\
5780 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits
\n\
5781 in @var
{modes
}. The default implementation selects no modes
, which has
\n\
5782 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.
",
5783 void, (sbitmap modes),
5784 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5787 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5788 "A target hook which returns @code
{true
} if pseudos that have been assigned
\n\
5789 to registers of class @var
{rclass
} would likely be spilled because
\n\
5790 registers of @var
{rclass
} are needed for spill registers.
\n\
5792 The default version of this target hook returns @code
{true
} if @var
{rclass
}\n\
5793 has exactly one register and @code
{false
} otherwise. On most machines
, this
\n\
5794 default should be used. For generally register
-starved machines
, such as
\n\
5795 i386
, or machines with right register constraints
, such as SH
, this hook
\n\
5796 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.
\n\
5798 This hook is also used by some of the global intra
-procedural code
\n\
5799 transformations to throtle code motion
, to avoid increasing register
\n\
5801 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5802 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5804 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5805 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5808 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers
\n\
5809 of class @var
{rclass
} needed to hold a value of mode @var
{mode
}.
\n\
5811 This is closely related to the macro @code
{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS
}.
\n\
5812 In fact
, the value returned by @code
{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var
{rclass
},\n\
5813 @var
{mode
})} target hook should be the maximum value of
\n\
5814 @code
{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var
{regno
}, @var
{mode
})} for all @var
{regno
}\n\
5815 values in the class @var
{rclass
}.
\n\
5817 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple
-word values
\n\
5818 in the reload pass.
\n\
5820 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var
{mode
}\n\
5822 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5823 default_class_max_nregs)
5826 (preferred_rename_class,
5827 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register
\n\
5828 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class
\n\
5829 @var
{rclass
} to another class
, or perhaps @var
{NO_REGS
}, if no
\n\
5830 preferred register class is found or hook @code
{preferred_rename_class
}\n\
5831 is not implemented.
\n\
5832 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For
\n\
5833 example
, on ARM
, thumb
-2 instructions using @code
{LO_REGS
} may be
\n\
5834 smaller than instructions using @code
{GENERIC_REGS
}. By returning
\n\
5835 @code
{LO_REGS
} from @code
{preferred_rename_class
}, code size can
\n\
5837 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5838 default_preferred_rename_class)
5840 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5841 during register allocation. */
5843 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5844 "A target hook which returns @code
{true
} if @var
{subst
} can
't\n\
5845 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5846 register allocation.\n\
5847 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5848 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5849 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5850 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5852 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5854 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5855 displacement addressing. */
5857 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5858 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5859 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5860 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5861 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5862 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5864 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5865 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5866 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5867 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5868 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5870 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5871 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5873 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5874 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5875 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5876 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5877 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5878 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5883 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5884 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5885 but will be later. */
5888 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5889 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5895 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5896 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5897 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5898 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5899 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5900 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5902 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5903 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5904 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5907 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5908 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5909 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5910 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5913 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5914 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5916 @cindex register pairs\n\
5917 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5918 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5919 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5921 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5922 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5923 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5924 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5926 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5927 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5928 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5929 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5930 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5931 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5932 modes to be tieable.\n\
5934 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5935 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5936 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5937 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5938 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5939 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5941 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5942 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5943 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5944 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5945 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5946 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5947 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5948 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5949 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5951 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5952 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5953 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5954 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5955 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5957 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5958 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5959 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5960 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5961 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.
",
5962 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5963 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5967 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var
{mode1
} is accessible
\n\
5968 in mode @var
{mode2
} without copying.
\n\
5970 If @code
{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var
{r
}, @var
{mode1
})} and
\n\
5971 @code
{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var
{r
}, @var
{mode2
})} are always
\n\
5972 the same for any @var
{r
}, then
\n\
5973 @code
{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var
{mode1
}, @var
{mode2
})}\n\
5974 should be true. If they differ for any @var
{r
}, you should define
\n\
5975 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the
\n\
5976 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.
\n\
5978 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as
\n\
5979 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register
\n\
5980 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.
",
5981 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5982 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5984 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5987 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5988 "This target hook should return @code
{true
} if it is OK to use a hard register
\n\
5989 @var
{regno
} as scratch reg in peephole2.
\n\
5991 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that
\n\
5992 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.
\n\
5994 The default version of this hook always returns @code
{true
}.
",
5995 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5996 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5999 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
6000 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents
\n\
6001 of a particular register
, or that calls can alter any part of a
\n\
6002 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro
\n\
6003 @code
{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
}. However
, some ABIs specify that calls
\n\
6004 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.
\n\
6005 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the
\n\
6006 registers in @samp
{(reg
:@var
{mode
} @var
{regno
})}, and if as a result the
\n\
6007 call would alter part of the @var
{mode
} value. For example
, if a call
\n\
6008 preserves the low
32 bits of a
64-bit hard register @var
{regno
} but can
\n\
6009 clobber the upper
32 bits
, this hook should return true for a
64-bit mode
\n\
6010 but false for a
32-bit mode.
\n\
6012 The value of @var
{abi_id
} comes from the @code
{predefined_function_abi
}\n\
6013 structure that describes the ABI of the call
; see the definition of the
\n\
6014 structure for more details.
If (as is usual
) the target uses the same ABI
\n\
6015 for all functions in a translation unit
, @var
{abi_id
} is always
0.
\n\
6017 The default implementation returns false
, which is correct
\n\
6018 for targets that don
't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
6019 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6020 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
6023 (get_multilib_abi_name,
6024 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
6025 const char *, (void),
6026 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
6028 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
6029 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
6031 (case_values_threshold,
6032 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
6033 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
6034 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
6035 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
6036 unsigned int, (void),
6037 default_case_values_threshold)
6040 (starting_frame_offset,
6041 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
6042 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
6043 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
6044 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
6045 implementation returns 0.",
6046 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6049 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6051 (compute_frame_layout,
6052 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
6053 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
6054 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
6055 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
6056 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
6057 this callback is optional.",
6061 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6063 (frame_pointer_required,
6064 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6065 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6066 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6068 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6069 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6070 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6071 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6072 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6075 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6076 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6077 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6078 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about
\n\
6081 In a function that does not require a frame pointer
, the frame pointer
\n\
6082 register can be allocated for ordinary usage
, unless you mark it as a
\n\
6083 fixed register. See @code
{FIXED_REGISTERS
} for more information.
\n\
6085 Default return value is @code
{false
}.
",
6087 hook_bool_void_false)
6089 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6090 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6093 "This target hook should return @code
{true
} if the compiler is allowed to
\n\
6094 try to replace register number @var
{from_reg
} with register number
\n\
6095 @var
{to_reg
}. This target hook will usually be @code
{true
}, since most of the
\n\
6096 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already
\n\
6099 Default return value is @code
{true
}.
",
6100 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6101 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6103 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6104 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6107 (conditional_register_usage,
6108 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables
\n\
6109 @code
{fixed_regs
}, @code
{call_used_regs
}, @code
{global_regs
},\n\
6110 @code
{reg_names
}, and @code
{reg_class_contents
}, to take into account
\n\
6111 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three
\n\
6112 of these are of type @code
{char
[]} (interpreted as boolean vectors
).
\n\
6113 @code
{global_regs
} is a @code
{const char
*[]}, and
\n\
6114 @code
{reg_class_contents
} is a @code
{HARD_REG_SET
}. Before the macro is
\n\
6115 called
, @code
{fixed_regs
}, @code
{call_used_regs
},\n\
6116 @code
{reg_class_contents
}, and @code
{reg_names
} have been initialized
\n\
6117 from @code
{FIXED_REGISTERS
}, @code
{CALL_USED_REGISTERS
},\n\
6118 @code
{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
}, and @code
{REGISTER_NAMES
}, respectively.
\n\
6119 @code
{global_regs
} has been cleared
, and any @option
{-ffixed
-@var
{reg
}},\n\
6120 @option
{-fcall
-used
-@var
{reg
}} and @option
{-fcall
-saved
-@var
{reg
}}\n\
6121 command options have been applied.
\n\
6123 @cindex disabling certain registers
\n\
6124 @cindex controlling register usage
\n\
6125 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target
\n\
6126 flags
, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify
\n\
6127 @code
{fixed_regs
} and @code
{call_used_regs
} to
1 for each of the
\n\
6128 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make
\n\
6129 @code
{define_register_constraint
}s return @code
{NO_REGS
} for constraints
\n\
6130 that shouldn
't be used.\n\
6132 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6133 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6134 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6135 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6140 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6141 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6142 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance\n\
6143 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6144 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6145 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.\n\
6146 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\n\
6147 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6148 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6149 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6150 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6153 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6155 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6156 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6158 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6161 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6162 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6163 machine_mode, (char c),
6164 default_mode_for_suffix)
6168 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\n\
6169 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\n\
6170 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\n\
6171 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST},\n\
6172 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, or\n\
6173 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}. For\n\
6174 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\n\
6175 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\n\
6176 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\n\
6177 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, \n\
6178 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}, and\n\
6179 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\n\
6180 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\n\
6181 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\n\
6182 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\n\
6183 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\n\
6184 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD},\n\
6185 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16} or\n\
6186 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6187 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6188 default_excess_precision)
6192 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6194 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6195 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6197 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6200 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6201 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6202 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6204 default_cxx_guard_type)
6206 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6209 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6210 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6211 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6213 hook_bool_void_false)
6215 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6218 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6219 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6220 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6221 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6222 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6224 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6226 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6229 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6230 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6232 hook_bool_void_false)
6234 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6235 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6237 (import_export_class,
6238 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6239 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6240 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6241 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6242 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6243 backend's targeted operating system.
",
6244 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6246 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this
". */
6248 (cdtor_returns_this,
6249 "This hook should return @code
{true
} if constructors and destructors return
\n\
6250 the address of the object created
/destroyed. The default is to return
\n\
6253 hook_bool_void_false)
6255 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6256 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6257 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6259 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6260 "This hook returns true if the key method for a
class (i.e.
, the method
\n\
6261 which
, if defined in the current translation unit
, causes the virtual
\n\
6262 table to be emitted
) may be an inline function. Under the standard
\n\
6263 Itanium C
++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as
\n\
6264 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under
\n\
6265 some variants of the ABI
, an inline function can never be the key
\n\
6266 method. The default is to return @code
{true
}.
",
6268 hook_bool_void_true)
6271 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6272 "@var
{decl
} is a virtual table
, virtual table table
, typeinfo object
,\n\
6273 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with
\n\
6274 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been
\n\
6275 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility
\n\
6276 other than that of the containing class
, use this hook to set
\n\
6277 @code
{DECL_VISIBILITY
} and @code
{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED
}.
",
6281 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6282 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6283 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6284 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6285 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6287 (class_data_always_comdat,
6288 "This hook returns
true (the default
) if virtual tables and other
\n\
6289 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have
\n\
6290 external linkage. If this hook returns false
, then class data for
\n\
6291 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation
\n\
6292 unit will not be COMDAT.
",
6294 hook_bool_void_true)
6296 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6297 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6298 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6300 (library_rtti_comdat,
6301 "This hook returns
true (the default
) if the RTTI information for
\n\
6302 the basic types which is defined in the C
++ runtime should always
\n\
6303 be COMDAT
, false if it should not be COMDAT.
",
6305 hook_bool_void_true)
6307 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6311 "This hook returns true if @code
{__aeabi_atexit
} (as defined by the ARM EABI
)\n\
6312 should be used to register static destructors when @option
{-fuse
-cxa
-atexit
}\n\
6313 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code
{__cxa_atexit
}.
",
6315 hook_bool_void_false)
6317 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6318 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6320 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6321 "This hook returns true if the target @code
{atexit
} function can be used
\n\
6322 in the same manner as @code
{__cxa_atexit
} to register C
++ static
\n\
6323 destructors. This requires that @code
{atexit
}-registered functions in
\n\
6324 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are
\n\
6325 unloaded. The default is to return false.
",
6327 hook_bool_void_false)
6330 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6331 "@var
{type
} is a C
++ class (i.e.
, RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE
) that has just
\n\
6332 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the
class (eg
, tweak
\n\
6333 visibility or perform any other required target modifications
).
",
6338 (decl_mangling_context,
6339 "Return target
-specific mangling context of @var
{decl
} or @code
{NULL_TREE
}.
",
6340 tree, (const_tree decl),
6341 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6343 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6345 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6347 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_
"
6348 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6350 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6353 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control
\n\
6354 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc
's\n\
6355 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6356 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6360 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6361 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6362 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6363 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS
\n\
6364 registration function to be used.
",
6365 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common
")
6367 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6370 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should
\n\
6371 be placed. The default of @code
{NULL
} allows these to be placed in
\n\
6377 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be
\n\
6378 placed. The default of @code
{NULL
} allows these to be placed in any
\n\
6382 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6385 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.
\n\
6386 The default of @code
{NULL
} uses a target
-specific prefix.
",
6391 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The
\n\
6392 default of @code
{NULL
} uses a target
-specific prefix.
",
6395 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6398 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control
\n\
6399 object type. @var
{type
} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and
\n\
6400 @var
{name
} should be filled with the structure tag
, if the default of
\n\
6401 @code
{__emutls_object
} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable
\n\
6402 for libgcc
's emulated TLS function.",
6403 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6404 default_emutls_var_fields)
6406 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6409 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6410 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6411 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6412 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.
",
6413 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6414 default_emutls_var_init)
6416 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6420 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is
\n\
6421 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize
\n\
6422 single objects. The default is false.
",
6425 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6427 (debug_form_tls_address,
6428 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code
{DW_OP_form_tls_address
} location descriptor
\n\
6429 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.
",
6432 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6435 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_
"
6436 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6438 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6439 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6440 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6443 "This hook is called to parse @code
{attribute(target(\"...
\"))}, which
\n\
6444 allows setting target
-specific options on individual functions.
\n\
6445 These function
-specific options may differ
\n\
6446 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return
\n\
6447 @code
{true
} if the options are valid.
\n\
6449 The hook should set the @code
{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET
} field in
\n\
6450 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target
-specific
\n\
6451 @code
{struct cl_target_option
} structure.
",
6452 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6453 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6455 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6458 "This hook is called to save any additional target
-specific information
\n\
6459 in the @code
{struct cl_target_option
} structure for function
-specific
\n\
6460 options from the @code
{struct gcc_options
} structure.
\n\
6461 @xref
{Option file format
}.
",
6462 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6463 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6465 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6469 "This hook is called to restore any additional target
-specific
\n\
6470 information in the @code
{struct cl_target_option
} structure for
\n\
6471 function
-specific options to the @code
{struct gcc_options
} structure.
",
6472 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6473 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6475 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6479 "This hook is called to update target
-specific information in the
\n\
6480 @code
{struct cl_target_option
} structure after it is streamed in from
\n\
6482 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6484 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6488 "This hook is called to print any additional target
-specific
\n\
6489 information in the @code
{struct cl_target_option
} structure for
\n\
6490 function
-specific options.
",
6491 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6493 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6494 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6495 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6496 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6499 "This target hook parses the options for @code
{#pragma GCC target
}, which
\n\
6500 sets the target
-specific options for functions that occur later in the
\n\
6501 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the
\n\
6502 @code
{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
} hook.
",
6503 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6504 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6506 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6509 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on
\n\
6510 a particular target machine. You can override the hook
\n\
6511 @code
{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
} to take account of this. This hooks is called
\n\
6512 once just after all the command options have been parsed.
\n\
6514 Don
't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6515 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6517 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6518 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6519 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6523 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6524 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6525 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6526 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6529 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6530 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6531 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6532 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6533 different target machines.",
6534 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6535 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6537 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6539 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6542 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6543 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6544 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6545 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6546 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6547 default_target_can_inline_p)
6550 (update_ipa_fn_target_info,
6551 "Allow target to analyze all gimple statements for the given function to\n\
6552 record and update some target specific information for inlining. A typical\n\
6553 example is that a caller with one isa feature disabled is normally not\n\
6554 allowed to inline a callee with that same isa feature enabled even which is\n\
6555 attributed by always_inline, but with the conservative analysis on all\n\
6556 statements of the callee if we are able to guarantee the callee does not\n\
6557 exploit any instructions from the mismatch isa feature, it would be safe to\n\
6558 allow the caller to inline the callee.\n\
6559 @var{info} is one @code{unsigned int} value to record information in which\n\
6560 one set bit indicates one corresponding feature is detected in the analysis,\n\
6561 @var{stmt} is the statement being analyzed. Return true if target still\n\
6562 need to analyze the subsequent statements, otherwise return false to stop\n\
6563 subsequent analysis.\n\
6564 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6565 bool, (unsigned int& info, const gimple* stmt),
6566 default_update_ipa_fn_target_info)
6569 (need_ipa_fn_target_info,
6570 "Allow target to check early whether it is necessary to analyze all gimple\n\
6571 statements in the given function to update target specific information for\n\
6572 inlining. See hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info} for usage example of\n\
6573 target specific information. This hook is expected to be invoked ahead of\n\
6574 the iterating with hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}.\n\
6575 @var{decl} is the function being analyzed, @var{info} is the same as what\n\
6576 in hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}, target can do one time update\n\
6577 into @var{info} without iterating for some case. Return true if target\n\
6578 decides to analyze all gimple statements to collect information, otherwise\n\
6580 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6581 bool, (const_tree decl, unsigned int& info),
6582 default_need_ipa_fn_target_info)
6586 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed.\n\
6587 Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated
\n\
6588 with the attribute target.
",
6589 void, (tree fndecl),
6592 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6594 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6595 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6596 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6598 (extra_live_on_entry,
6599 "Add any hard registers to @var
{regs
} that are live on entry to the
\n\
6600 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that
\n\
6601 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P
, the callee saved
\n\
6602 registers
, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
,\n\
6603 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
, EH_USES
,\n\
6604 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.
",
6605 void, (bitmap regs),
6608 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6609 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6612 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6613 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly
\n\
6614 clobbers or sets all non
-fixed registers modified by performing the call.
\n\
6615 That is
, by the call pattern itself
, or by code that might be inserted by the
\n\
6616 linker (e.g.@
: stubs
, veneers
, branch islands
), but not including those
\n\
6617 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly
\n\
6618 in the call pattern
, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.
\n\
6619 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook
\n\
6620 is to enable the fipa
-ra optimization.
",
6624 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6626 (set_up_by_prologue,
6627 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue
\n\
6628 to the hard regset for shrink
-wrapping optimization purposes.
",
6629 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6632 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6633 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6634 function attribute. */
6637 "True if a function
's return statements should be checked for matching\n\
6638 the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end
\n\
6639 of a non
-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.
",
6641 hook_bool_tree_true)
6644 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_
"
6645 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6648 (get_separate_components,
6649 "This hook should return an @code
{sbitmap
} with the bits set for those
\n\
6650 components that can be separately shrink
-wrapped in the current function.
\n\
6651 Return @code
{NULL
} if the current function should not get any separate
\n\
6653 Don
't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6654 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6660 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6661 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6662 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6663 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6667 (disqualify_components,
6668 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6669 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6670 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6672 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6676 (emit_prologue_components,
6677 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6682 (emit_epilogue_components,
6683 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6688 (set_handled_components,
6689 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6690 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6691 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6692 will be deleted after this call.",
6696 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6698 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6700 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6703 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6704 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6705 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6706 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6708 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6709 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6711 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6712 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6713 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6714 default_debug_unwind_info)
6717 (reset_location_view,
6718 "This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6719 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6720 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6721 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6723 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6724 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6725 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6726 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6727 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6729 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6730 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6731 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6733 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6734 defined at this time. */
6736 (canonicalize_comparison,
6737 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6738 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6739 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6740 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6742 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6743 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6744 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6745 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6746 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6747 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not
\n\
6748 allowed to swap operands in that case.
\n\
6750 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is
\n\
6751 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the
\n\
6754 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the
\n\
6755 comparison code or operands.
",
6756 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6757 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6760 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6761 "On some RISC architectures with
64-bit registers
, the processor also
\n\
6762 maintains
32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real
32-bit
\n\
6763 arithmetic
, although the operations are performed on the full registers.
\n\
6765 On such architectures
, defining this hook to
32 tells the compiler to try
\n\
6766 using
32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead
\n\
6767 of doing full
64-bit arithmetic.
\n\
6769 More generally
, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the
\n\
6770 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes
\n\
6771 with a precision lower than the word precision.
\n\
6773 You need not define this hook if @code
{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
} is not
\n\
6775 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6778 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6779 "This value should be set if the result written by
\n\
6780 @code
{atomic_test_and_set
} is not exactly
1, i.e.@
: the
\n\
6781 @code
{bool
} @code
{true
}.
",
6784 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6785 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6788 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6789 "If defined
, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an
\n\
6790 atomic object of machine_mode @var
{mode
}. If
0 is returned then the
\n\
6791 default alignment for the specified mode is used.
",
6792 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6796 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6797 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating
-point
\n\
6798 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation
\n\
6799 whose result was successfully stored in a compare
-and
-exchange sequence.
\n\
6800 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code
{feholdexcept
},\n\
6801 @code
{feclearexcept
} and @code
{feupdateenv
} to be generated at
\n\
6802 appropriate points in the compare
-and
-exchange sequence. This hook should
\n\
6803 set @code
{*@var
{hold
}} to an expression equivalent to the call to
\n\
6804 @code
{feholdexcept
}, @code
{*@var
{clear
}} to an expression equivalent to
\n\
6805 the call to @code
{feclearexcept
} and @code
{*@var
{update
}} to an expression
\n\
6806 equivalent to the call to @code
{feupdateenv
}. The three expressions are
\n\
6807 @code
{NULL_TREE
} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code
{NULL_TREE
}\n\
6808 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation
\n\
6809 leaves all three expressions as @code
{NULL_TREE
}. The
\n\
6810 @code
{__atomic_feraiseexcept
} function from @code
{libatomic
} may be of use
\n\
6811 as part of the code generated in @code
{*@var
{update
}}.
",
6812 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6813 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6815 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6817 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6818 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6820 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6821 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS
\n\
6822 section and then using @code
{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP
} to allocate the space.
\n\
6823 This is true on most ELF targets.
",
6826 /* True if "native
" constructors and destructors are supported,
6827 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6830 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native
'' method of
\n\
6831 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.
\n\
6832 It is false if we must use @command
{collect2
}.
",
6835 /* True if the target wants DTORs to be run from cxa_atexit. */
6837 (dtors_from_cxa_atexit,
6838 "This value is true if the target wants destructors to be queued to be
\n\
6839 run from __cxa_atexit. If this is the case then
, for each priority level
,\n\
6840 a new constructor will be entered that registers the destructors for that
\n\
6841 level with
__cxa_atexit (and there will be no destructors emitted
).
\n\
6842 It is false the method implied by @code
{have_ctors_dtors
} is used.
",
6845 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6848 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread
-local storage.
\n\
6849 The default value is false.
",
6852 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6854 (have_srodata_section,
6855 "Contains the value true if the target places read
-only
\n\
6856 ``small data
'' into a separate section. The default value is false.
",
6859 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6861 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6862 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the
\n\
6863 end of a Dwarf
-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.
\n\
6864 Default value is false if @code
{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
} is defined
, and
\n\
6868 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6870 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6871 "If this flag is true
, the text of the macro @code
{ASM_APP_OFF
} will be
\n\
6872 printed as the very first line in the assembly file
, unless
\n\
6873 @option
{-fverbose
-asm
} is in effect.
(If that macro has been defined
\n\
6874 to the empty string
, this variable has no effect.
) With the normal
\n\
6875 definition of @code
{ASM_APP_OFF
}, the effect is to notify the GNU
\n\
6876 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra
\n\
6877 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.
\n\
6879 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have
\n\
6880 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or
\n\
6881 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.
",
6884 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6885 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6887 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6888 "If this flag is true
, @code
{output_file_directive
} will be called
\n\
6889 for the primary source file
, immediately after printing
\n\
6890 @code
{ASM_APP_OFF
} (if that is enabled
). Most ELF assemblers expect
\n\
6891 this to be done. The default is false.
",
6894 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6895 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6898 "This flag should be set to @code
{true
} on targets that use an ARM EABI
\n\
6899 based unwinding library
, and @code
{false
} on other targets. This effects
\n\
6900 the format of unwinding tables
, and how the unwinder in entered after
\n\
6901 running a cleanup. The default is @code
{false
}.
",
6905 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6906 "True if the @code
{.debug_pubtypes
} and @code
{.debug_pubnames
} sections
\n\
6907 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms
, and
\n\
6908 in particular GDB does not use them.
",
6913 "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.
\n\
6914 This usually means it will be run as part of machine
-specific reorg.
",
6919 "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.
\n\
6920 This usually means it will be run as part of machine
-specific reorg.
",
6924 (no_register_allocation,
6925 "True if register allocation and the passes
\n\
6926 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler
\n\
6930 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6932 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6934 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_
"
6935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6939 "Generate one or more insns to set @var
{entity
} to @var
{mode
}.
\n\
6940 @var
{hard_reg_live
} is the set of hard registers live at the point where
\n\
6941 the
insn(s
) are to be inserted. @var
{prev_moxde
} indicates the mode
\n\
6942 to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before
\n\
6943 sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.
",
6944 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6948 "@var
{entity
} is an integer specifying a mode
-switched entity.
\n\
6949 If @code
{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING
} is defined
, you must define this macro
\n\
6950 to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element
\n\
6951 in @code
{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
}, to denote the mode that @var
{entity
}\n\
6952 must be switched into prior to the execution of @var
{insn
}.
",
6953 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6957 "@var
{entity
} is an integer specifying a mode
-switched entity.
\n\
6958 If this macro is defined
, it is evaluated for every @var
{insn
} during mode
\n\
6959 switching. It determines the mode that an insn results
\n\
6960 in (if different from the incoming mode
).
",
6961 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6965 "If this macro is defined
, it is evaluated for every @var
{entity
} that
\n\
6966 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer
, which is a mode
\n\
6967 that @var
{entity
} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.
\n\
6968 If @code
{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
} is defined then @code
{TARGET_MODE_EXIT
}\n\
6970 int, (int entity), NULL)
6974 "If this macro is defined
, it is evaluated for every @var
{entity
} that
\n\
6975 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer
, which is a mode
\n\
6976 that @var
{entity
} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.
\n\
6977 If @code
{TARGET_MODE_EXIT
} is defined then @code
{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
}\n\
6979 int, (int entity), NULL)
6983 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var
{entity
}\n\
6984 are processed.
0 is the highest priority
,\n\
6985 @code
{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
[@var
{entity
}] - 1} the lowest.
\n\
6986 The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode
\n\
6987 for @var
{entity
}. For any fixed @var
{entity
}, @code
{mode_priority
}\n\
6988 (@var
{entity
}, @var
{n
}) shall be a bijection in
0 @dots
{}\n\
6989 @code
{num_modes_for_mode_switching
[@var
{entity
}] - 1}.
",
6990 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6992 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6995 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_
"
6996 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
7000 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region
\n\
7001 of pointers. This feature means that @option
{-fsanitize
=hwaddress
} can
\n\
7004 At preset
, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires
\n\
7005 @code
{Pmode
} to be the same as @code
{ptr_mode
}.
",
7006 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
7010 "Return the size of a
tag (in bits
) for this platform.
\n\
7012 The default returns
8.
",
7013 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
7017 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.
\n\
7018 I.e. if a variable is @var
{X
} bytes long in memory
, then this hook should
\n\
7019 return the value @var
{Y
} such that the tag in shadow memory spans
\n\
7020 @var
{X
}/@var
{Y
} bytes.
\n\
7022 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables
\n\
7023 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share
\n\
7026 The default returns
16.
",
7027 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
7031 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var
{untagged
} but with a
\n\
7032 (possibly
) random tag in it.
\n\
7033 Put that value into @var
{target
} if it is convenient to do so.
\n\
7034 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.
",
7035 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
7039 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var
{addr_offset
} to
\n\
7040 the address in pointer @var
{base
} and @var
{tag_offset
} to the tag in pointer
\n\
7042 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get
\n\
7043 put into an operand with @code
{force_operand
}.
\n\
7045 Unlike other memtag hooks
, this must return an expression and not emit any
\n\
7047 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
7048 default_memtag_add_tag)
7052 "Return an RTX representing @var
{untagged_base
} but with the tag @var
{tag
}.
\n\
7053 Try and store this in @var
{target
} if convenient.
\n\
7054 @var
{untagged_base
} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.
\n\
7055 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var
{untagged_base
} to
\n\
7057 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
7061 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var
{tagged_pointer
}.
\n\
7062 Store the result in @var
{target
} if it is convenient.
\n\
7063 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.
",
7064 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
7068 "Return an RTX representing @var
{tagged_pointer
} with its tag set to zero.
\n\
7069 Store the result in @var
{target
} if convenient.
\n\
7070 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.
",
7071 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
7073 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
7075 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_
"
7077 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7078 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
7079 #include "target
-insns.def
"
7080 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7082 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7083 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
7084 #include "target
-insns.def
"
7085 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7087 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7088 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
7089 #include "target
-insns.def
"
7090 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7093 (run_target_selftests,
7094 "If selftests are enabled
, run any selftests for this target.
",
7100 "Returns the gcov type size in bits. This type is used for example for
\n\
7101 counters incremented by profiling and code
-coverage events. The default
\n\
7102 value is
64, if the type size of long long is greater than
32, otherwise the
\n\
7103 default value is
32. A
64-bit type is recommended to avoid overflows of the
\n\
7104 counters. If the @option
{-fprofile
-update
=atomic
} is used
, then the
\n\
7105 counters are incremented using atomic operations. Targets not supporting
\n\
7106 64-bit atomic operations may override the default value and request a
32-bit
\n\
7108 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), default_gcov_type_size)
7110 /* This value represents whether the shadow call stack is implemented on
7111 the target platform. */
7113 (have_shadow_call_stack,
7114 "This value is true if the target platform supports
\n\
7115 @option
{-fsanitize
=shadow
-call
-stack
}. The default value is false.
",
7118 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
7119 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)